Author(s) Naval Postgraduate School (U.S.)
Title Catalogue of United States Naval Postgraduate School. Academic Year 1951-1952
Publisher Annapolis, Maryland: Postgraduate School.
Issue Date 1951
URL http://hdl.handle.net/10945/31706
This document was downloaded on May 22, 2013 at 14:34:39
ww
Km NAVPERS 15779
• ..- -*- Braiv Catalogue of m UNITED STATES NAVAL POSTGRADUATE SCHOOL
ACADEMIC YEAR 1951-1952 m ^»«iiiiiii,w
I I Bfll V&, l909 ,-# v **"llllllll«»**
POSTGRADUATE SCHOOL, ANNAPOLIS, MARYLAND
R. F. RINEHART NAVPERS 15779 Academic Dean
UNITED STATES NAVAL POSTGRADUATE SCHOOL
JUNE 1951 CATALOGUE ACADEMIC YEAR 1951-1952
A Bulletin of Information
About the School, Its Staff, Regulations, Missions, Regulations Governing Awarding of Degrees, Curricula and Course Description
^IIIUMIII,,,
X, — • %* **««iiniiii»»
UNITED STATES GOVERNMENT PRINTING OFFICE, WASHINGTON, D. C, 1951 UNITED STATES NAVAL POSTGRADUATE SCHOOL CATALOGUE
1951 1952 CONTENTS 111 CONTENTS
Part I
General
Page
Academic Calendar 1951-1952 ix Military Staff of Naval Postgraduate School xi Civilian Faculty ...... xiii Academic Associates xvii Postgraduate School Program 1
Mission and Task . . . , „ . 1 The Regulations Governing the Postgraduate School 00 1 Regulations Governing the Award of Degrees 1 Requirements for Doctor's Degree 2 Requirements for the Master's Degree 3 Requirements for the Bachelor's Degree 3
Scholarship Standards „ . o.o 4
Curricula Designations . 5 Officials in Charge of the Presentation of Curricula of Postgraduate Student Officer Groups at Universities 8
Part n
Curricula
Aerological Engineering (2 Years) 10
Aerology „ „ 11 Special Aerological Engineering 12
Aerological Engineering ( 18 Months) 13 Aeronautical Engineering (General) 14
Aeronautical Engineering (Armament) o . . . . • 17 Aeronautical Engineering (Electrical) 19 Aeronautical Engineering (Third Year) at Civilian Institutions 21
Communications „ 24 Electronics Engineering 25 Physics 28 Naval Engineering (Applied) 29
Chemical Engineering . 31 Mechanical Engineering 33 Gas Turbine 37 Electrical Engineering 40 Metallurgical Engineering 44 Petroleum Engineering 45 Ordnance Engineering 47 Jet Propulsion Ordnance 49 Metallurgical Ordnance 50 Chemical Ordnance 51
Special Physics Ordnance „ 53 Operations Engineering 54 Radiological Defense Engineering 55 .
IV U. S. NAVAL POSTGRADUATE SCHOOL. 1951-1952
Part EI
Course Descriptions Page
Aerology . „ . . „ . . 59
Aeronautics <> . . . 65
Chemistry „ . . . . . 70 Communications 75 Crystallography .. 77
Electrical Engineering „ . 78
Electronics Engineering . . ,, „ 84 Foreign Language. .<,. 91 Geology 92 Industrial Engineering „. 93
Marine Engineering „ „ „ 94
Mathematics „ „ .<>..... 95
Mechanics .<,... . . o . o . 101 Mechanical Engineering 103 Metallurgy 109
Ordnance and Gunnery „ „ „ Ill
Physics „ „. 113
Part IV
Groups Commencing Postgraduate Education Away from Postgraduate School 118 U. S. NAVAL POSTGRADUATE SCHOOL, 1951-1952 U. S. NAVAL POSTGRADUATE SCHOOL, 1951-1952 1
U. S. NAVAL POSTGRADUATE SCHOOL. 1951-1952 VI
Hill I in Him in
i mm in
Hill! £ °
. u CO w
-t-> - nJ C 3 C T) d «J P DO
I- U)
>- rd cfl > Iz> nt
w .
in C D M u - -( c n) v
'? c
I I I I NAVAL POSTGRADUATE SCHOOL. 1951-1952 Vlll U. S.
C (i 1) a
V -a • u W w - d 5 oo . ") • o w PL, « * o ** 00 . O D 4) "c to >> o Pd ACADEMIC CALENDAR 1951-1952 IX CALENDAR 1951 ACADEMIC s V T W T P S S V T W T P S S M T W T F S JAN FEB MAR CALENDAR 1 2 3 4 5 6 1 2 3 1 2 3 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 FOR 1951-1952 21 22 23 24 25 2 6 27 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 28 29 30 31 25 26 27 28 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 APR HAY JUNE 1951 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 1 2 3 4 5 1 2 B 9 10 11 12 13 14 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 Registration Begins July 5 IS 16 17 18 19 20 21 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 22 2.1 24 25 26 27 28 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 29 30 27 28 29 30 31 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 First Begins July 9 Term JULY AUG SEP 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 1 2 3 4 1 Labor Day (Holiday) Sept 3 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 First Term Ends Sept 14 23 29 30 31 26 27 28 29 30 31 30 24 25 26 27 28 2 9 OCT NOV DEC 1 2 3 4 5 6 1 2 3 1 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 28 29 30 31 25 26 27 28 29 30 l 25 26 27 28 29 Remainder of calendar will 30 ;l be published when the present plan to move the School to Monterey, California is com- pleted. 1952 s M T W T F S S M T W T F S S M T W T F S JAN FEB HAR 1 2 3 4 5 1 2 1 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 27 28 29 30 31 24 25 26 27 28 29 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 3c. 31 APR HAY JUNE 1 2 3 4 5 1 2 3 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 4 5 6 7 a 9 10 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 27 28 29 30 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 »29 30 JULY AUG SEP 1 2 3 4 5 1 2 1 2 3 4 5 6 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 27 28 29 30 31 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 28 29 30 31 OCT NOV DEC 1 2 3 4 1 1 2 3 4 5 6 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 26 27 28 29 30 31 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 28 29 30 31 30 MILITARY STAFF OF NAVAL POSTGRADUATE SCHOOL xi MILITARY STAFF ERNEST EDWARD HERRMANN, Rear Admiral U.S.N. Superintendent HARVEY THOMAS WALSH, Capt. U.S.N. Assistant Superintendent Administration RICHARD DRURY HARWOOD, Cdr. U.S.N. Administrative Officer FREEMAN MARVLLLE JONES, LCdr. U. S. N. R. Assistant Administrative Officer LEWIS STANLEY HELMECI, Lt. U.S.N. Communications Officer BASIL THOMAS MORRISON, Lt. U.S.N. Personnel Officer Aerological Engineering Curricula WILLIAM LOVELAND, Capt. U.S.N. Officer-in-Charge Aerological Engineering WILLIAM JOSEPH FRANCIS, Cdr. U.S.N. Aerological Engineering Instructor CHARLES REID DALE, LCdr. U.S.N. Aerological Engineering Instructor WILLIAM STANLEY LANTER MAN, LCdr. U.S.N. Aerological Engineering Instructor WILLIAM RICHARD GREEN, ChAero. U.S.N. Aerological Engineering Instructor Aeronautical Engineering Curricula EDWIN SAMUEL LEE, JR., Cdr. U.S.N. Officer-in-Charge, Aeronautical Engineering VINCENT CARR TOMPKINS, Cdr. U. S.N. R. Assistant to Officer-in-Charge, Aeronautical Engineering Communications Curricula JACK SIDNEY DORSE Y, Capt. U.S.N. Officer-in-Charge, Communications MILLARD JOHN SMITH, Cdr. U.S.N. Assistant to Officer-in-Charge, Communications JAMES LOUIS MAY, Cdr. U.S.N. Instructor in Communications ROBERT SLOAN RANKIN, LCdr. U.S.N. Instructor in Communications Xii U. S. NAVAL POSTGRADUATE SCHOOL, 1951-1952 Electronics Engineering Curricula WILLIAM CHRISTIAN SCHULTZ, Capt. U.S.N. Officer-in-Charge, Electronics Engineering THEODORE MARION CONTE, LCdr. U. S. N. R. Assistant to Officer-in-Charge, Electronics Engineering GEORGE JERRY STETKA, Ltjg U.S.N. Electronics Laboratory Officer Naval Engineering Curricula ROBERT WILLIAM CAVENAGH, Capt. U.S.N. Officer-in-Charge, Naval Engineering THEODORE HARRY BRITTAN, Cdr. U.S.N. Assistant to Officer-in-Charge, Naval Engineering JAMES PRESSLEY CRAFT, JR., Cdr. U.S.N. Assistant to Officer-in-Charge, Naval Engineering Ordnance Engineering Curricula EDWARD KEITH WALKER, Capt. U.S.N. Officer-in-Charge, Ordnance Engineering ROBERT ALLSOPP THACHER, Cdr. U.S.N. Assistant to Officer-in-Charge, Ordnance Engineering JAMES EMMET BRENNER, JR., Cdr. U.S.N. Instructor in Ordnance Engineering CIVILIAN FACULTY Xlll CIVILIAN FACULTY ROY STANLEY GLASGOW, B. S. , M.S., E.E. Academic Dean RALPH EUGENE ROOT, B. S. , M.S., Ph. D Senior Professor of Mathematics (Emeritus) GEORGE RIDGELY LUCKETT, B.S. , M.S.L.S. Librarian Department of Aerology WILLIAM DWIGHT DUTHIE, A. B. , M.S., Ph. D Chairman; Professor of Aerology . GEORGE JOSEPH HALTINER, B. S. , Ph. M. , Ph. D Associate Professor of Aerology FRANK LIONEL MARTIN, A. B. , M. A. , Ph. D / Associate Professor of Aerology Department of Aeronautics WENDELL MAROIS COATES, A. B. , M.S., D. Sc Chairman; Professor of Aeronautics SIDNEY FRED BORG, B.S. , M.C.E. Assistant Professor of Aeronautics RICHARD MOORE HEAD, B. S. , M.S., Ae.E., Ph.D. Associate Professor of Aeronautics GEORGE JUDSON HIGGINS, B. S. , Ae.E. Professor of Aeronautics CHARLES HORACE KAHR, JR., B. S. , M.S. Assistant Professor of Aeronautics HENRY LEBRECHT KOHLER, B. S. , M.S., M. E. Professor of Aeronautics RUDOLF XAVER MEYER, Dipl. Ing. Assistant Professor of Aeronautics EARL ROTTMAYER, B. S. , M.S. Assistant Professor of Aeronautics MICHAEL HANS VAVRA, Dipl. Ing. Professor of Aeronautics Department of Electrical Engineering CHARLES VAN ORDEN TERWILLIGER, B. E. , M.S., D. Eng. Chairman; Professor of Electrical Engineering n CHARLES BENJAMIN OLER, B. S. , M.S., D, Eng. Associate Professor of Electrical Engineering OR VAL HAROLD POLK, B. S. , M.S., E.E. Associate Professor of Electrical Engineering XIV U. S. NAVAL POSTGRADUATE SCHOOL. 1951-1952 Department of Electrical Engineering — Continued THADDEUS JOSEPH PULA, B. E. , M.S. Instructor of Electrical Engineering CHARLES HARRY ROTHAUGE, B. E. , D. Eng. Assistant Professor of Electrical Engineering WILLIAM CONLEY SMITH, B. S. , M.S. Associate Professor of Electrical Engineering ALLEN EDGAR VIVELL, B.E., D. Eng. Professor of Electrical Engineering RICHARD CARVEL HENSEN WHEELER, B. E. , D. Eng. Professor of Electrical Engineering Department of Electronics and Physics AUSTIN ROGERS FREY, B. S. , M.S., Ph.D. Chairman; Professor of Physics ROBERT EDMUND BAUER, B. S. Assistant Professor of Electronics WILLIAM MALCOLM BAUER, B. S. , E. E. , M.S., D.Sc. Associate Professor of Electronics DONALD JOHN BRADY, B. S. Instructor of Physics JESSE GERALD CHANEY, A. B. , M. A. Professor of Electronics WILLIAM PEYTON CUNNINGHAM, B. S. , Ph. D. Professor of Physics PAUL EUGENE COOPER, B. S. , M.S. Associate Professor of Electronics GEORGE ROBERT GIET, A. B. , E. E. Professor of Electronics EARL GASCOIGNE GODDARD, B. S. , M. A. , E. E. Assistant Professor of Electronics DANIEL WARD HEALY, B. S. , M. A. (on leave) Assistant Professor of Electronics SYDNEY HOBART KALMBACH, B. S. , M. S. Assistant Professor of Physics LAWRENCE EDWARD KINSLER, B. S. , Ph.D. Professor of Physics CLARENCE FREDERICK KLAMM, B. S. , M.S. Assistant Professor of Electronics WILBERT FREDERICK KOEHLER, B. S. , M.A., Ph.D. Associate Professor of Physics CARL ERNEST MENNEKEN, B. S. , M.S. Professor of Electronics CIVILIAN FACULTY . XV Department of Electronics and Physics — Continued ^ ROBERT LEE MILLER, B.Ed., M.S. Assistant Professor of Electronics NORMAN LEE OLESON, B. S. , M.S., Ph.D. Associate Professor of Physics p- GEORGE ARTHUR RAMSDELL, B. S. Instructor of Physics ABRAHAM SHEINGOLD, B.S., M.S. Associate Professor of Electronics Department of Mathematics and Mechanics WARREN RANDOLPH CHURCH, A. B. , M. A. , Ph.D. Chairman; Professor of Mathematics and Mechanics ^ WILLARD EVAN BLEICK, M. E. , Ph.D. Professor of Mathematics and Mechanics S. y RICHARD CROWLEY CAMPBELL, B. , M. A. Assistant Professor of Mathematics and Mechanics S. y FRANK DAVID FAULKNER, B. , M.S. Assistant Professor of Mathematics and Mechanics •<< JOSEPH GIARRATANA, B. S. , Ph. D. Associate Professor of Mathematics and Mechanics WALTER JENNINGS, A. B. , B. S. , M. A. Associate Professor of Mathematics and Mechanics BROOKS JAVINS LOC KHAR T, A. B. , M.S., Ph.D. Assistant Professor of Mathematics and Mechanics ALADUKE BOYD MEWBORN, B. S. , M. S. , Ph. D. Associate Professor of Mathematics and Mechanics r FRANCIS McCONNEL PULLIAM, A. B. , M. A. , Ph.D. Assistant Professor of Mathematics and Mechanics CHARLES HENRY RAWLINS, JR., Ph. B. , M. A. , Ph.D. Professor of Mathematics and Mechanics CHARLES CHAPMAN TORRANCE, M. E. , M. A. , Ph.D. Professor of Mathematics and Mechanics Department of Mechanical Engineering PAUL JAMES KIEFER, A. B. , B. S. , M. E. Chairman; Senior Professor of Mechanical Engineering EUGENE ELIAS DRUCKER, B. S. , M.S. Instructor of Mechanical Engineering ERNEST KENNETH GATCOMBE, B. S. , M.S., Ph.D. Associate Professor of Mechanical Engineering XVI U. S. NAVAL POSTGRADUATE SCHOOL, 1951-1952 Department of Mechanical Engineering — Continued DENNIS KAVANAUGH, B. S. Professor of Mechanical Engineering ROY WALTERS PROWELL, B. S. , M.S. Assistant Professor of Mechanical Engineering ALLEN KLEIBER SCHLEICHER, B. S.., M.S. Instructor of Mechanical Engineering IVAR HOWARD STOCKEL, B. S. , M. S. Instructor of Mechanical Engineering DONALD DRYSDALE WILLIAMS, B. E. , M.S. Assistant Professor of Mechanical Engineering HAROLD MARSHALL WRIGHT, B. S. , M. M. E. Associate Professor of Mechanical Engineering Department of Metallurgy and Chemistry FREDERICK LEO COONAN, A. B. , M.S., D.Sc. Chairman; Professor of Metallurgy and Chemistry NEWTON WEBER BUERGER, B. S. , M.S., Ph.D. Professor of Metallurgy JOHN ROBERT CLARK, B. S. , D.Sc. Associate Professor of Metallurgy GEORGE JOSEPH DANEK, JR., B. S. Instructor of Chemistry CARL ADOLPH HERING, B. S. , M.S. Associate Professor of Chemical Engineering GILBERT FORD KINNEY, A. B. , M.S., Ph.D. Professor of Chemical Engineering LLOYD RANDALL KOENIG, B. S. Instructor of Chemical Engineering GEORGE DANIEL MARSHALL, JR., B. S. , M.S. Associate Professor of Metallurgy GEORGE HAROLD McFARLIN, A. B. , M. A. Associate Professor of Chemistry MELVIN FERGUSON REYNOLDS, B. S. , M.S., Ph.D. Associate Professor of Chemistry JAMES EDWARD SINCLAIR, B. S. Assistant Professor of Chemistry JAMES WOODROW WILSON, A. B. , B. S. , M.S. Assistant Professor of Chemical Engineering ACADEMIC ASSOCIATES XV11 ACADEMIC ASSOCIATES Aerological Engineering Curricula WILLIAM DWIGHT DUTHIE, A. B. , M.S., Ph.D. Professor of Aerology Aeronautical Engineering Curricula WENDELL MAROIS COATES, A. B. , M.S., D. Sc. Professor of Aeronautics Communications Curricula GEORGE ROBERT GIET, A. B. , E. E. Professor of Electronics Electronics Engineering Curricula GEORGE ROBERT GIET, A. B. , E. E. Professor of Electronics General Line School FRANK EMILIO La CAUZA, B. S. , M.S., M. A. Professor of Electrical Engineering Naval Engineering Curricula ORVAL HAROLD POLK, B. S. , M.S., E.E. Associate Professor of Electrical Engineering Ordnance Engineering Curricula RICHARD CARVEL HENSEN WHEELER, B. E. , D.Eng. Professor of Electrical Engineering PART I. GENERAL POSTGRADUATE SCHOOL PROGRAM The general plan for officer education is set THE REGULATIONS GOVERNING forth in the Bureau of Naval Personnel Manual, THE NAVAL POSTGRADUATE SCHOOL 1948, PartD, Section 3, portions of which are The Naval Postgraduate School was estab- for information: quoted below lished in 1909 as an activity of theU. S. Naval D^IXU Academy by direction of the Navy Department. • School, actions' , -The Postgraduate The increasing emphasis placed on the ad- with—headquarter s at the Naval Academy, An- vanced technical instruction of naval officer for maintaining courses rta poAio , is established personnel by the Navy Department, during the for the education and in instruction advanced past several years, is reflectedby the passage officers in such training of commissioned of three acts of Congress affecting the academic Secretary general or technical subjects as the and physical stature of the Postgraduate School. of the Navy may prescribe. Postgraduate These three acts authorized the School to grant courses are conducted both at the Postgraduate advanced degrees in engineering and related School and at private institutions. Whether fields, created the civilian position of Aca- conducted at the Postgraduate School or else- demic Dean and established the Naval Postgrad- here, all postgraduate courses are under the uate School as a separate naval activity. of and directed the Superintendent gnizance by The first act passed by Congress, designed of the Postgraduate School. to emphasize the academic level of the School, ^34-~Selection of Officers . --Selection of offi- was Public Law Z50, 79th Congress, 1st Ses- for instruction is cers applying postgraduate sion. This act authorized the School to confer made by boards appointed by the Chief of Naval Master's and Doctor's degrees in engineering available, condi- Personnel. The courses the and related subjects. Although this authority data tions of eligibility, and other pertinent was not exercised for two years after passage annually in of are published Bureau Naval Per- of the act, suitable courses of study were in- sonnel circular letters. stituted as rapidly as possible. Public Law ((>} -Postgraduate School Catalogs . --Detailed 402, 79th Congress, 2nd Session, created the relative to the for each information curriculum civilian position of Academic Dean. This po- is given in the annual postgraduate course post- sition was established to insure continuity of graduate school catalog. This catalog is given academic policy. Public Law 303, 80th Con- should studied offi- wide distribution and be by gress, 1st Session authorized the School to postgraduate training. cers interested in confer the Bachelor of Science degree in en- gineering and related subjects. ^MISSION The Naval Postgraduate School was estab- The mission of the Naval Postgraduate lished as a separate naval activity by Public School, as defined in the Basic Naval Estab- Law 303, 80th Congress, 1st Session. This lishment Plan of the U. S. Navy Department, act authorized the Secretary of the Navy to es- - is: to conduct and direct the advanced in- tablish the School for the advanced instruction P struction and training of commissioned offi- of commissioned officers of the Navy and Ma- cers in practical and theoretical duties in order rine Corps. The military command of the to meet the requirements of the Navy. School was vested in an officer of the Regular Navy, not below the rank of captain, to be ap- TASK pointed by the Secretary of the Navy, to serve as Superintendent. The Secretary of the Navy 1. To provide the advanced education neces- was also authorized to employ at the School, sary for selected groups of officers to develop under the direction of the Superintendent, a proficiency in design, inspection and installa- civilian faculty of adequate size to meet the tion of material, with attendant research prob- objective of the School. The two previous acts lems, and to provide practical and theoretical were amended to apply to the newly redesig- instruction necessary for officers to serve in nated Naval Postgraduate School. special branches of the Naval service by: In addition to the School ai Annapolis, which (a) Planning, conducting and maintaining is primarily for engineering student officers, suitable postgraduate courses at the U. S. the Superintendent is responsible for an In- Naval Postgraduate School and at selected in- telligence School in Washington, D. C. and stitutions. General Line Schools at Newport, R. I. and (b) Organizing, planning and directing Gen- Monterey, Calif. eral Line School Curricula at Newport, Rhode Island, and Monterey, California. REGULATIONS GOVERNING (c) Organizing, planning and directing the THE AWARD OF DEGREES conduct of a naval intelligence course at Naval School (Naval Intelligence), Receiving Station, 1. As authorized by the provisions of Public Washington, D. C. Law 303, the Superintendent of the Naval Post- - U. S. NAVAL POSTGRADUATE SCHOOL. 1951-1952 graduate School was authorized to confer Bache- gree from a college or university, based on a lor of Science degrees in engineering and re- curriculum that included the prerequisites for lated fields "Pursuant to such regulations as full graduate status in the department of his the Secretary of the Navy may prescribe major study, or he shall have pur sued success upon due accreditation by the appropriate fully an equivalent course of study. The student professional authority". On 19 December 1949, shall submit his previous record to the Aca- the Naval Postgraduate School was informed demic Council, via the Academic Dean, for by the Engineers Council for Professional De- final determination of the adequacy of his velopment, Region IV Committee on Engineer- preparation. ing Schools, that the following curricula were (d) Upon favorable action by the Academic accredited: Aeronautical Engineering, Elec- Council the student will be notified that he may trical Engineering (including option in Elec- request the Chairman of the Department of his tronics) and Mechanical Engineering. On 26 major subject to form a doctorate committee. April 1950, the Secretary of the Navy approved This chairman will specify one or more minor the regulations governing the award of the subjects and, with the chairman of the corres- Bachelor of Science degree by the Naval Post- ponding departments, will nominate a Doctorate graduate School, and established the policy to Committee consisting of five or more mem- limit the award of these degrees to those stu- bers, at least three of whom are under different dent officers enrolled on or subsequent to 31 departments. The Chairman of the Department July 1947. of the major subject will submit to the Academic 2. The regulations governing awards of Council for its approval the choice of minor graduate degrees were approved by the Acting fields and the names of the faculty members Secretary of the Navy on 18 July 1949. The nominated for the Doctorate Committee. Master's or Doctor's degrees in engineering (e) After a sufficient period of study in his or related fields may be awarded by the Su- major and minor fields the student shall submit perintendent of the Naval Postgraduate School to qualifying examinations, including tests of upon the recommendation of the faculty based his reading knowledge of foreign languages. The upon the satisfactory completion of a course selection of these languages depends on the of advanced study arranged by a Curriculum field of study. The minimum is a reading knowl- Committee, approved by the Academic Council edge of German and a second language to be (consisting of the Academic Dean, the Director suggested by his Doctorate Committee and ap- of the School of Engineering and the Civilian proved by the Academic Council. The language Chairmen of the Academic Departments). examinations will be conducted by a committee 3. The Regulations governing the award of especially appointed by the Academic Council. Bachelor of Science degrees and graduate de- The other qualifying examinations will cover grees are as follows. material previously studied in his majojr and minor fields they will be written and oral and REQUIREMENTS FOR THE DOCTOR'S will be conducted by the Doctorate Committee. DEGREE The members of the Academic Council or their delegates may be present at the oral examina- (a) The Doctor's degree in engineering and tions. The Doctorate Committee will report the related fields is awarded as a result of very results of the qualifying examinations to the meritorious and scholarly achievement in a Academic Council for consideration and upon particular field of study which has been ap- approval the student becomes a candidate for proved by the Academic Council as within the the doctorate. The qualifying examinations are purview of the Naval Postgraduate School. A ordinarily not given before the completion of the candidate must exhibit faithful and scholarly first year of residence at the Naval Postgradu- application to all prescribed courses of study, ate School; they must be passed successfully achieve a high level of scientific advancement at least two years before the degree is granted. and establish his ability for independent in- (f) Upon successful qualification as a can- vestigation, research and analysis. He shall didate the Doctorate Committee will propose further meet the requirements described in a further program of study. This program must the following paragraphs. be approved by the Academic Council. (b) Any program approved as leading to the (g) The distinct requirement of the doctorate Doctor's degree shall require the equivalent is the successful completion of an original, of at least three academic years of study be- significant and scholarly investigation in the yond the undergraduate level, and shall meet candidate's major area of study. The results the needs of the Navy for advanced study in the of the investigation, in the form of a publish- particular area of investigation. At least one able dissertation, must be submitted to the academic year of the doctorate work shall be Academic Council at least two months before spent at the Naval Postgraduate School. the time at which it is hoped the degree will (c) A student seeking to become a candidate be granted. The Academic Council will select for the Doctorate shall hold a Bachelor's de- two or more referees why will make individual U. S. NAVAL POSTGRADUATE SCHOOL. 1951-1952 written reports on the dissertations. Lastly, program shall be submitted to the cognizant the Academic Council will vote upon the ac- Department Chairman for review and approval. ceptance of the dissertation. If the program is satisfactory to the Depart- (h) After the approval of the dissertation and ment Chairman it shall be forwarded by him not later than two weeks prior to the award of to the Academic Council for final action. the degree the candidate will be subject to (d) To become a candidate for the Master's written and oral examinations in his major and degree, the student shall have completed at minor subjects. Written examinations will be least three quarters of the graduate credit conducted by the department having cognizance courses of his curriculum with a quality point of the particular subjects. The occasions and rating in them of not less than 1. 75 as defined scope of all examinations will be arranged by in the section on scholarship. the Doctorate Committee after consultation (e) To be eligible for the Master's degree, with the departments concerned and the mem- the student must attain a minimum average bers of the Academic Council. The Doctorate quality point rating of 2. in all graduate credit Committee will notify the Academic Council of courses; 1 . 5 in all of his other courses. In the time of the oral examination and will invite special cases, under very extenuating cir- their attendance or that of their delegates. cumstances, small deficiencies from the fig- The committee will also invite the attendance ures noted in paragraphs (d) and (e) may be of such other interested persons as it may waived at the discretion of the Academic deem desirable. In this oral examination ap- Council. proximately one half of the allotted time will (f) A reasonable proportion of the graduate be devoted to the major subject and one half to work leading to the Master's degree shall the minor subjects. The Doctorate Committee comprise research and a thesis reporting the will submit the results of all examinations to results obtained. The thesis topic may be se- the Academic Council for their approval. lected by the student, subject to the approval (i) With due regard for all of the above re- of the cognizant Department Chairman. The quirements the Academic Council will decide completed thesis must indicate ability to per- whether to recommend the candidate to the form independent work and to report on it in a Superintendent of the Naval Postgraduate scholarly fashion, The thesis, in final form, School for the award of the doctorate. will be submitted to the cognizant Department Chairman for review and evaluation. Upon REQUIREMENTS FOR THE final approval of the thesis by the Department MASTER'S DEGREE Chairman, the student shall be certified as eligible for final examination. (a) The Master's degree in engineering and (g) If the thesis is accepted the candidate related fields is awarded for the successful for the degree shall take a final oral examina- completion of a curriculum which complements tion the duration of which will be approxi- the basic scientific education of a student and mately one hour. An additional comprehensive which has been approved by the Academic written examination may be required at the Council as meriting a degree, provided the discretion of the cognizant Department Chair- student exhibits superior scholarship, attains man. Not more than one -half of the oral exa- scientific proficiency, and meets additional mination shall be devoted to questions directly requirements as stated in the following para- related to the candidate's thesis topic; the re- graphs. mainder to the candidate's major and related (b) Since curricula serving the needs of the areas of study. Navy ordinarily contain undergraduate as well (h) With due regard for the above require- as graduate courses a minimum of two aca- ments, the Academic Council will decide demic years of residence at the Naval Post- whether to recommend the candidate to the graduate School is normally required. With Superintendent of the Naval Postgraduate the approval of the Academic Council, the time School for the award of the Master's Degree. of residence may be reduced in the case of particular students who have successfully REQUIREMENTS FOR THE pursued graduate study at other education in- BACHELOR'S DEGREE stitutions. In no case will the degree be granted for less than one academic year of (a) The bachelor's degree in engineering or residence at the Naval Postgraduate School. other scientific fields may be awarded for the (c) A curriculum leading to a Master's de- successful completion of a curriculum which gree shall comprise not less than forty-eight serves the needs of the Navy and has the ap- term hours (32 semester hours) of work that proval of the Academic Council as meriting a is clearly of graduate level, and shall contain degree. Such a curriculum shall conform to a well-supported major together with cognate current practice in accredited engineering in- minors. At least six of the term hours shall stitutions and shall contain a well defined ma- be in advanced mathematics. The proposed jor with appropriate cognate minors. PART I, GENERAL (b) Admission with suitable advanced stand- staff from 8:00 A.M. to 4:30 P.M., and is ing and a minimum of two academic years of open from 8:00 to 11:00 P.M. for study, un- residence atthe Naval Postgraduate School are assisted research, and loan service, Monday normally required. With the approval of the through Friday. Saturday hours, for the latter Academic Council, this residence requirement type of service, are 8:00 A. M. to 12:00 noon. may be reduced to not less than one academic Interlibrary loan service is provided to all year in the case of particular students who persons connected with the School to secure have had sufficient prior preparation at other any publications not owned by the Reference institutions. Library. Microfilm service is also available. (c) To be eligible for the degree, the student must attain a minimum average quality point SCHOLARSHIP STANDARDS rating of 1 . in all the courses of his curricu- lum. In very exceptional cases, small defi- (1) Student officers enrolled in the Naval ciencies from this figure may be waived atthe Postgraduate School will be rated academically discretion of the Academic Council. by quality points attained, and this rating will (d) With due regard for the above require- be determined in the following manner: ments the Academic Council will decide whether to recommend the candidate to the Superinten- Grade Quality Points dent of the Naval Postgraduate School for the award of the Bachelor's degree. A 3.0 B 2.0 LIBRARY FACILITIES C 1.0 D The Library of the Naval Postgraduate X -1. School, primarily a scientific and technical collection, includes the Reference Library at Quality point rating shall be calculated by di- Annapolis, Maryland, and a branch at Mon- viding the sum of the products of assigned terey, California. The Reference Library quality points and credit hours in each course contains 15,000 books and bound periodicals, by the total number of credit hours obtained. 25,000 technical research reports, subscribes Each one -hour lecture or recitation period to 360 current periodicals, and is a selective per week of each two-hour laboratory or depository for United States Government pub- practice work period will count as one credit lications. In addition to the Reference Library, hour. there is a Text Library containing 24, 000 (2) The status of a course is indicated by a volumes, mainly textbooks and related ma- letter in parentheses after the course number terials available to students for loans of term as follows: duration. The branch library at Monterey, (A) Full graduate course serving the General Line School and the Aero- (B) Partial graduate course logical Engineering Department, contains a (C) Undergraduate course large collection of books, periodicals, and (3) One term credit-hour is given for each government publications applicable to that hour of lecture or recitation, and half of this phase of instruction. amount for each hour of laboratory work. A The Library furnishes reference loan serv- term credit-hour is equivalent to two-thirds ice to students, faculty, and administrative of the conventional semester credit-hour. PART I. GENERAL - 5 CURRICULA DESIGNATIONS Curricula given at or commencing at the Naval Postgraduate School: With the exception of those for the General Line Schools, all curricula given at or commencing at the Naval Postgraduate School are shown below. All are given at the Naval Postgraduate School, Annapolis, unless otherwise indicated. A group designation containing the numeral 2 indicates the second year of instruction; the numeral 3 indicates the third year. Curriculum Length Group Designation AEROLOGY (All curricula given at Postgraduate School, Monterey) Aerological Engineering 2 yrs. M2 (Last and final input to this curriculum was in August 1950) Aerological Engineering (Special) 18 mo. MW2 (Last and final input to this curriculum was in January 1951) Aerological Engineering 18 mo. MS, MS2 (Initial input to this curriculum in August 1951) Aerology 1 yr. MA AERONAUTICS Aeronautical Engineering 2 yrs. , 3 yrs. A, AG, A2 The third year for general aeronautical engineering is at the University of Michigan Some students specialize in third year as follows: Compressibility. Cal. Tech. AC3 Flight Analysis. Princeton AF3 Seaplane Hydro. Dyn. N. Y. U. & Stevens Inst. AH3 Jet Propulsion. Cal. Tech. & U. of Minn. AJ 3 Propulsion Systems. M. I. T. AP3 Structures. Cal. Tech. & U of Minn. AS3 Gas Turbines. R.P.I. AT3 Aeronautical Engineering (Electrical) 2 yrs. , 3 yrs. AE, AE2, AE3 Aeronautical Engineering (Armament) 2 yrs. , 3 yrs. AR, AR2 The third year at M. I. T. AR3 COMMUNICATIONS Communi cations 1 yr. ELECTRONICS Electronic Engineering 3 yrs. E, E2, E3 Sonar students spend third year at U. C. L. A. EW3 CHEMICAL ENGINEERING 1951-1953 group 2 yrs. NC, NC2 1951-1954 group 3 yrs. NC, NCA2.NCA3 Third year of the 3 year curriculum is at Lehigh University. ELECTRICAL ENGINEERING Groups prior 1951 3 yrs. NL, NL2, NL3 1951-1952 group 2 yrs. NL, NL2 1951-1953 group 3 yrs. NL, NLA2, NLA3 6 U. S. NAVAL POSTGRADUATE SCHOOL. 1951-1952 CURRICULA DESIGNATIONS —Continued Curriculum Length Group Designation GAS TURBINES The third year at M. I. T. 3 yrs. NJ, NJ2, NJ3 MECHANICAL ENGINEERING Groups prior 1951 3 yrs. NH, NH2, NH3 1951-1952 group 2 yrs. NH, NH2 1951-1953 group 3 yrs. NH, NHA2, NHA3 METALLURGICAL ENGINEERING 1951-1953 group 2 yrs. NM, NM2 1951-1954 group 3 yrs. NM, NMA2, NMA3 The third year at Carnegie Inst, of Technology. NAVAL ENGINEERING (Applied) 1950-1952 group only 2 yrs. NA, NA2 PETROLEUM ENGINEERING 1951-1953 group 2 yrs. NP, NP2 1951-1954 group 3 yrs. NP, NPA2, NPA3 The third year at Univ. of California ORDNANCE Ordnance Engineering (General) 2 yrs. O, 02, The third year at M. I. T. for selected students 03 Ordnance Engineering (Jet Propulsion) 3 yrs. OJ, OJ2, OJ3 The third year at Cal. Tech. Ordnance Engineering (Metallurgy) 3 yrs. OM, OM2, OM3 Available Summer 1951 and alternate years thereafter. The third year at Carnegie Tech. Ordnance Engineering (Chemical) 3 yrs. OP, OP2, OP3 Available Summer 1951 and alternate years thereafter. The third year at Lehigh Univ. Ordnance Engineering (Special Physics) 3 yrs. OX, OX2, OX3 The second and third year at M. I. T. ADVANCED SCIENCE Advanced Science (Mathematics) 3 yrs. RM, RM2, RM3 The second and third year at a selected university. Advanced Science (Chemistry) 3 yrs. RC, RC2, RC3 The second and third year at a selected university. Advanced Science (Physics) 3 yrs. RX, RX2, RX3 The second and third year at a selected university. PART I. GENERAL CURRICULA DESIGNATIONS —Continued Curriculum Length Group Designation OPERATIONS ANALYSIS Operations Analysis 2 yrs. RO, R02 Field work during last six months under direction of ComOpDevFor. RADIOLOGICAL DEFENSE Radiological Defense 3 yrs. RZ, RZ2, RZ3 The second and third years at the Univ. of Calif, or at Ohio State ) D. S. NAVAL POSTGRADUATE SCHOOL. 1951-1952 OFFICIALS IN CHARGE OF THE PRESENTATION OF CURRICULA OF POSTGRADUATE STUDENT OFFICER GROUPS AT UNIVERSITIES Group University In Charge A3 Aero. Eng. Univ. of Michigan Prof. E. W. Conlon AF3 Aero. Eng. Princeton Prof. C. D. Perkins AH3 Aero. Eng. N. Y.U. Prof. F. K. Teichmann Stevens Inst, of Tech. Prof. B. K. Erdoss AC3 Aero. Eng. Cal. Tech. Prof. E. E. Sechler AJ3 Aero. Eng. Cal. Tech. Prof. E. E. Sechler AJ3 Aero. Eng. U. of Minn. Prof. J. D. Akerman AS 3 Aero. Eng. Cal. Tech. Prof. E. E. Sechler AS3 Aero. Eng. U. of Minn. Prof. J. D. Akerman AJ3 Aero. Eng. Univ. of Minn. Prof. J. D. Akerman AP3 Aero. Eng. Prop. Syst. M.I. T. Prof. C. F. Taylor AR3 Aero. Eng. Arm. M. I. T. Prof. J. S. Newell AT3 Aero. Eng. (Gas Turb. ) R.P.I. Prof. N. P. Bailey EW3 Electronic Eng. U. C.L.A. Prof. V. O. Knudson NB Const. Eng. M. I. T. CO. , N. T.S. NB Const. Eng. Webb. Inst. Capt. N. W. Gokey, U.S.N. (Ret.) NC Chemical Eng. Lehigh. Dean H. A. Neville NJ Gas Turbine M.I. T. CO. , N. T.S. NM Metallurgical Eng. Carnegie Tech. Asso. Prof. J. W. Ludewig NP Petroleum Eng. Univ. of Calif. Prof. L. C Uren 03 Ord. Eng. General M. I. T. Prof. C S. Draper OJ3 Ord. Jet Prop. Cal. Inst. Tech. Prof. E. E. Sechler OM3 Ord. Metallurgy Carnegie Tech. Asso. Prof. J. W. Ludewig OP 3 Ord. Chemical Lehigh Dean H. A. Neville OX2, OX3 Ord. Sp. Physics M. I. T. Prof. N. H. Frank RZ2, RZ3 Radiological Defense Eng. Univ. of Calif. Prof. Loeb RZ2, RZ3 Radiological Defense Eng. Ohio State Prof. Poole ZCP Cinematography Univ. of So. Calif. P. N. S. ZCR Photography Roch. Inst. Tech. P.N. S. , U. of Rochester ZG Civil Eng. R.P.I. P.N. S. ZH Law Catholic U. Office of JAG ZH Law Georgetown U. Office of JAG ZH Law George Washington U. Office of JAG ZI Naval Intelligence Anacostia, D. C. Director, U.S. NavScol. (Navlnt. ZK Advanced Management Harvard P.N. S. ZKP Advanced Management Univ. of Pitts. Prof. E. C Stone ZKC Business Admin. Columbia P. N. S. ZKH Business Admin. Harvard P. N. S. ZKS Business Admin. Stanford P. N. S. ZL Petroleum Eng. Univ. of Pitts. Prof. Botset ZM Textile Eng. Georgia Tech. P.N. S. zo Oceanography Scripps Inst. P.N. S. , U. C.L.A. ZP Personnel Admin. & Tr. Ohio State P. N. S. ZP Personnel Admin. & Tr. Stanford P.N. S. zs Comptroller ship George Washington U. Dean A. E. Burns ZT Management & Industry R.P. I. P.N. S. zu Religion Various PART II, CURRICULA PARTn CURRICULA FOR STUDENT OFFICERS COMMENCING POSTGRADUATE INSTRUCTION AT THE NAVAL POSTGRADUATE SCHOOL, ANNAPOLIS, UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED Descriptive name of course is followed by two numbers, separated by a hyphen. The first number is classroom hours, the second laboratory hours. THE STATUS OF A COURSE IS INDICATED BY A LETTER IN PARENTHESES AFTER THE COURSE NUMBER AS FOLLOWS: (A) Full graduate course (B) Partial graduate course (C) Undergraduate course One term credit-hour is given for each hour of lecture or recitation, and half of this a- mount for each hour of laboratory work. A term credit-hour is equivalent to two-thirds of the conventional semester credit-hour. 10 U. S. NAVAL POSTGRADUATE SCHOOL. 1951-1952 AEROLOGICAL ENGINEERING CURRICULA M - groups (Given at Monterey, Calif. ) Objective To prepare officers: (a) To become competent aerological officers, (b) To improve the methods of forecasting weather, (c) To investigate and participate in the solution of any problems involving atmospheric con- ditions such as (1) visibility (Z) turbulence (3) aircraft icing (4) ballistic winds and densities (5) micro-meteorology, etc. FIRST YEAR - M First Term Second Term Ma-101 (C) Ord. Differential Ma-102 (C) Series & Vector Algebra 5-0 Equations 5-0 Mr -2 12 (C) Surface Weather Map Mr -2 11 (C) Weather Maps and Analysis 1-12 Codes 2-6 Mr -2 10 (C) Introduction to Synoptic Ph-196 (C) Genera] Physics 5-1 Meteorology 5-0 La-101 (C) German or Russian 2-0 La-102 (C) German or Russian 2-0 201 (C) 202 (C) 14-7 13-12 Third Term Fourth Term Ma-103 (B) Funct. of Sev. Var. Ma-134 (A) Vector Mechanics and & Vect. Anal. 5-0 Partial Differential Mr -2 13 (C) Map Analysis and Fore- Equations 4-0 casting 0.9 Mr -2 14 (C) Weather Analysis and Mr-411(B) Thermodynamics of Forecasting 2-9 Meteorology 5-2 Mr -321 (A) Dynamic Meteorology I . . . 3-0 Mr -5 10 (C) Climatology 2-0 Mr -4 12 (A) Physical Meteorology 3-0 La -103 (C) German or Russian 2-0 La -104 (C) German or Russian 2-0 203 (C) 204 (C) SL-101 New Weapons Development . 0-1 SL-102 New Weapons Development 0-1 14-12 14-10 Lecture course -no academic credit. IntercessiOnal Field Trip SECOND YEAR - M 2 First Term Second Term Ma-135 (C) Numerical Methods and Ma-331 (A) Statistics 4-2 Introduction to Statistics ... 4-0 Mr -222 (B) Weather Analysis & Mr -221 (B) Weather Analysis and Forecasting 0-12 Forecasting 2-9 Mr -229 (A) Selected Topics in Mr -228 (A) Southern Hemisphere and Applied Meteorology 2-0 Tropical Meteorology 2-0 Mr -323 (A) Dynamic Meteorology III Mr -322 (A) Dynamic Meteorology II ... 3-0 (Turbulence & Diffusion) •• 3-0 La -105 (C) German or Russian 2-0 La -106 (C) German or Russian 2-0 205 (C) 026 (C) 13-9 11-14 PART II, CURRICULA 11 AEROLOGICAL ENGINEERING (Continued) SECOND YEAR - M 2 (Continued) Third Term Fourth Term Mr -223 (B) Advanced Weather analysis Mr-110 (C) Radiological Defense 2-0 and Forecasting 0-9 Mr -224 (B) Advanced Weather Analysis 0-15 Mr -410 (C) Meteorological Instruments . 2-2 and Forecasting Mr -420 (A) Wave, Swell & Surf Mr -225 (B) Upper Air Analysis 0-10 Forecasting 2-0 '.Mr -810 (C) Seminar 2-0 Mr -422 (A) The Upper Atmosphere 5-0 *Mr-922 (A) Thesis 4-0 *Mr -92 1 (A) Thesis 2-0 La-108 (C) German or Russian 2-0 La -107 (C) German or Russian 2-0 208(C) 207 (C) #SL-102 New Weapons Development . 0-1 #SL-101 New Weapons Development .. 0-1 11/13-12 6/8-26 #Lecture course - no academic credit. Taken only by candidates for the master's degree. ! Omitted by candidates for the master's degree. AEROLOGY CURRICULA MA - group (Given at Monterey, Calif.) Objective To prepare officers to become competent aerological officers. ONE YEAR - MA First Term Second Term Ma-161 (C) Algebra Trigonometry & Ma-162 (C) Introduction to Calculus. . 5-0 Analytic Geometry 5-0 Mr -202 (C) Surface Weather Map Mr-201 (C) Weather Maps and Codes . . . 2-12 Analysis and Forecasting 2-12 Mr -200 (C) Introduction to Synoptic Mr-301 (C) Synoptic Meteorology I .. 5-0 Meteorology 3-0 Mr -402 (C) Meteorological Charts Ph-190 (C) Introduction to Physics 3-0 and Diagrams 3-0 Total 13-12 Total 15-12 Third Term Fourth Term Mr -203 (C) Weather Analysis and Mr-110 (C) Radiological Defense 2-0 Forecasting 2-12 Mr -204 (C) Advanced Weather Analysis Mr -302 (C) Synoptic Meteorology II . . . 5-0 and Forecasting 0-15 Mr-410 (C) Meteorological Instruments 2-2 Mr -205 (C) Upper Air Analysis 0-10 Mr-403 (C) Physical Meteorology 4-0 Mr -404 (C) Wave, Swell and Surf SL-101 New Weapons Development. 0-1 Forecasting 1-2 SL-102 New Weapons Development . 0-1 Total 13-15 Total 3-28 Lecture course - no academic credit. 12 U. S. NAVAL POSTGRADUATE SCHOOL, 1951-1952 AEROLOGICAL ENGINEERING (Continued) SPECIAL AEROLOGICAL ENGINEERING CURRICULA MW - Groups Objective To permit specially selected aerological officers who have previously completed a short war-time curriculum: (a) To acquire the necessary theoretical and practical training for advanced work in the field of meteorology. (b) To acquaint these officers with the latest developments in meteorology and special weapons. (c) To give these officers an opportunity to qualify for a Master of Science degree. *Third Term Fourth Term Ma-103 (B) Funct. of Sev. Var. & Ma-134 (A) Vector Mechanics and Vect. Anal 5-0 Partial Differential Mr -4 11 (B) Thermodynamics of. Equations 4-0 Meteorology • 5-2 Mr -2 14 (C) Weather Analysis and Mr -5 10 (C) Climatology 2-0 Forecasting 2-9 • #SL-101 New Weapons Development • 0-1 Mr -321 (A) Dynamic Meteorology I. . . . 3-0 Mr -412 (A) Physical Meteorology 3-0 #SL-102 New Weapons Development. 0-1 12-3 12-10 SECOND YEAR First Term Second Term Ma-135 (C) Numerical Methods & Ma-331 (A) Statistics 4-2 Introduction to Statistics . 4-0 Mr -222 (B( Weather Analysis & Mr -221 (B) Weather Analysis & Forecasting 0-12 Forecasting 2-9 Mr -229 (B) Selected Topics in Mr -228 (A) Southern Hemisphere & Applied Meteorology 2-0 Tropical Meteorology . . 2-0 Mr -323 (A) Dynamic Meteorology III Mr -322 (A) Dynamic Meteorology II 3-0 (Turbulence and Diffusion) . 3-0 11-9 9-14 Third Term Fourth Term Mr -223 (B) Advanced Weather Mr -110 (C) Radiological Defense 2-0 Analysis & Forecasting -•• 0-9 Mr -224 (B) Advanced Weather Mr -420 (A) Wave, Swell and Surf Analysis & Forecasting 0-15 Forecasting 2 -0 Mr -225 (B) Upper Air Analysis 0-10 Mr -422 (A) The Upper Atmosphere • • • 5.-0 Mr -922 (A) Thesis 4-0 Mr -92 1 (A) Thesis 2 -0 #SL-102 New Weapons Development. . 0-1 #SL-101 New Weapons Development -1 9-10 6-26 Curriculum begins in January. #Lecture course - no academic credit. PART II. CURRICULA 13 AEROLOGICAL ENGINEERING (Continued) AEROLOGICAL ENGINEERING CURRICULA MS - groups (Given at Monterey, Calif. ) Objective To provide for selected aerological officers who have completed the aerology curriculum and have served approximately three years in aerological billets: (a) To acquire the necessary theoretical and practical training for advanced work in the field of meteorology. (b) To acquire a working knowledge of the latest advances in meteorology and related subjects. (c) To qualify for a Master of Science degree. FIRST YEAR - MS First Term Second Term Ma-131 (C) Algebraic Eq. & Series ... . 3-0 Ma-103 (B) Functions of Several Ma-132 (C) Topics in Eng. Math 5-0 Var. & Vect. Anal. 5-0 Mr-520 (B) Climatology & Oceanography 3-0 Mr -228 (A) Southern Hemisphere Ph - 191(C) Review of Gen. Physics ... 4-0 & Trop. Meteorology 2-0 Mr -4 11 (B) Thermo, of Met ..'..'. 5-2 Mr -412 (A) Phys. Met 3-0 Total 15-0 Total 15-2 Third Term Fourth Term Ma-134 (B) Vect. Mech. & Intr. to Ma-331 (A) Statistics 4-2 Statistics 5-0 Mr -227 (B) Upper Air Anal. & Mr -226 (B) Adv. Weather Anal. & Forecasting 2-9 Forecasting 2-9 Mr -322 (A) Dynamic Met. II 3-0 Mr -229 )A) Selected Topics in Mr -921 (A) Thesis I 3-0 Applied Meteorology 2-0 SL-102 New Weapons Develop. .... 0-1 Mr -321 (A) Dynamic Met. I 3-0 SL-101 New Weapons Develop 0-1 Total 12-10 Total 12-12 Thesis preparation during Inter sessional Field Trip period. (Six Weeks) Lecture course - no academic credit. SECOND YEAR - MS2 First Term Second Term Ma-135 (B) Part. Diff. Eq. & *Mr-110 (C) Radiological Def 2-0 Numerical Methods 4-0 *Mr-420 (A) Wave & Swell Forecasting. 2-1 Mr -323 (A) Dynamic Met. Ill Mr-230 (A) Operational Forecasting ... 0-10 (Turbulence & diffusion) . 3-0 Mr -8 10 (A) Seminar 2-0 Mr -422 (A) The Upper Atmosphere . . 5-0 Mr -923 (A) Thesis III 3-0 Mr -922 (A) Thesis II 3-0 Total 15-0 Total 9-11 Only for students who have not already completed courses in these subjects, 14 U. S. NAVAL POSTGRADUATE SCHOOL, 1951-1952 Supersonic Wind Tunnel with Associated Equipment, U. S. Naval Postgraduate School, Annapolis, Maryland. AERONAUTICAL ENGINEERING CURRICULA Objective The general objective of the aeronautical engineering curricula is to provide officers with ad- vanced aeronautical engineering knowledge to meet the technical requirements of the Navy in this field. Specifically, these curricula are designed to cover the fundamental and advanced theories of mathematics, mechanics, electricity, metallurgy, structural analysis, aerodynamics and dynamics as they concern the particular field of aeronautical engineering, aeronautical armament, and aeronautical electricity. These curricula consist of two years of study at the Naval Postgraduate School, the last term of which is spent in a performance and test flight program at a Naval Air Station. Qualified vol- unteers will be selected at the end of the fifth term to take the three year curricula, the last year of which is spent at a civilian engineering school. Curricula for the third year at the various civilian institutions are arranged to provide emphasis on such fields as aircraft structural anal- ysis, aircraft propulsion systems, compressibility, pilotless aircraft, aircraft performance, as well as general aeronautical engineering. Satisfactory completion of any curricula normally leads to the award of a graduate degree in aeronautical engineering. AERONAUTICAL ENGINEERING, GENERAL FIRST YEAR (A) GROUPS ENTERING 1951. First Term Second Term Ma 151(C) Introd. to Eng. Math. . . 4-0 Ma 152(B) Diff. Eq. and Boundary Mc 101(C) Engeering Mechanics I . 3-0 Problems 4-0 Ae 200(C) Rigid Body Statics of Mc 102(C) Eng. Mechanics II. ... 3-0 Aircraft 3-2 Ae 211(C) Stress Analysis I 4-0 3-4 Ch 121(B) Gen. & Pet. Chemistry 4-2 Ae 100(C) Basic Aerodynamics . . Mt 201(C) Intro. Physical Met. .. 3-2 Mt 202(C) Ferrous Metals 3-2 ME 60 1(C) Materials Testing Lab 0-2 Ae 001 Lecture, Aero Total 17-6 Total 17-8 PART II, CURRICULA 15 AERONAUTICAL ENGINEERING (Continued) FIRST YEAR (A) GROUPS ENTERING 1951 (Continued) Third Term Fourth Term Ma 153(B) Vect. Anal. & Intro, to Ma 154(A) Par. Diff. Eq. & Functions Part. Diff. Eq 3-0 of a Complex Variable . . . . 3-0 Ae 212(C) Stress Analysis II 4-2 Ae 213(B) Stress Analysis III 4-2 Ae 121(C) Technical Aerodynamic . . . 3-2 Ae 131(C) Aerodynamic Performance. 4-2 Mt 203(B) Physical Metallurgy 2-2 ME 131(C) Eng. Thermodynamics . . . . 4-2 Ma 201(C) Graph. & Mech. Comp . . . . 0-2 EE 351(C) D. C. Machinery 2-2 EE 111(C) Fundamentals of Elect. Eng 3-2 SL 102 Lecture New Weapons . . . . SL 101 Lecture New Weapons .... - - Total 15-10 Total 17-8 Note: Six weeks of June and July, 1952. Intersessional Period will be spent in the field at aviation activities. SECOND YEAR (A2) GROUPS ENTERING 1950 First Term Second Term Ae 203(A) Aire. Stress Anal. Ill 4-0 Ae 132(B) Flight Analysis 3-2 Ae 311(C) Aircraft Design I 2-4 Ae 204(A) Stress Analysis IV 4-0 Ae 501(A) Hydro- Aero. Mech. I 4-0 Ae 312(B) Airplane Design II 2-4 ME 131(C) Eng. Thermo 4-2 Ae 502(A) Hydro. -Aero. Mech. II 4-0 EE 731(C) Power Electronics 3-2 ME 132(C) Eng. Thermo 3-2 *Ae001 Lecture-Aero 0-1 *IE 101 Lecture-Indus. Org 0-1 Total 17-8 Total 16-10 Third Term Fourth Term Ae 503(A) Compressibility 4-0 Ae 142(A) Aire. Dynamics II 3-4 Ae 141(A) Aircraft Dynamics I . . . 3-4 Ae 421(B) Aire. Propuls 3-2 Ae 321(A) Adv. Aircraft Struct . .. 4-0 Mc 311(A) Vibrations 3-2 Ae 411(B) Aircraft Eng 3-2 ME 632(B) Exper. Stress Anal 2-2 Ch 521(A) Chemistry Plastics . . . . 3-2 Ae 431(A) Int. Flow in Aire. Eng.... 4-0 SL 101 Lecture-New Weap. Dev 0-1 *SL 102 Lecture New Weap 0-1 IE 103 Lecture-Indust. Org . . . 0-1 Total 17-10 Total 15-11 Propulsion group takes Ch-56l(A) Physical Chemistry (3-2) in place of ME 632(B) this term. Lecture course - no academic credit. Summer Period spent in a civilian institution summer course in industrial engineering. Third and last year aeronautical engineering will be conducted by a civilian institution. See third year aeronautical engineering curricula. 048683 O—51- 16 U. S. NAVAL POSTGRADUATE SCHOOL. 1951-1952 AERONAUTICAL ENGINEERING (Continued) SECOND YEAR (AG) GROUP ENTERING 1951, 2 YEAR First Term Second Term Ae 311(C) Airplane Design I 2-4 Ae 141(A) Aircraft Dynamics I . . . . 3-4 Ae 132(B) Flight Analysis 3-2 Ae 411(B) Aircraft Engineer 4-2 Ae 410(B) Thermodynamics (Aero.) 3-2 Ae 502(A) Hydro-Aeromechanics II 4-0 Ae 501(A) Hydro-Aeromechanics I . . 4-0 EE 711(C) Electronics 3-2 EE- 241(C) A. C. Circuits 3-2 Ae 151(B) Aero. Seminar 2-0 *Ae 001 Lecture- Aero 0-1 *IE 101 Lecture- Indust. Org ... 0-1 Total 15-10 Total 16-10 Third Term Fourth Term Ae 142(A) Aircraft Dynamics II . 3-4 Flight program emphasizing Ae 421(B) Aircraft Propulsion . . 3-2 performance and test to be Ae 503(A) Compressibility 4-0 given at a major Naval EE 611(B) Servomechanism .... 3-4 Aviation Activity, preferably Ae 152(B) Aero. Seminar 2-0 Test Pilot Training Division, *SL 101 Lecture New Weapons 0-1 NATC, Patuxent River, Md. *IE 103 Lecture- Indust. Org 0-1 Total 15-12 Lecture Course - no academic credit. If practicable a summer period will be spent in a civilian institution summer course in indus- trial engineering before reporting to new duty station. SECOND YEAR (A2) GROUPS ENTERING 1951, 3 YEAR First Term Second Term Ae 31 1(C) Airplane Design I 2-4 Ae 141(A) Aircraft Dynamics I . . . . 3-4 Ae 132(B) Flight Analysis 3-2 Ae 411(B) Aircraft Engines 4-2 4-0 Ae 410(B) Thermodynamics (Aero. ) 3-2 Ae 502(A) Hydro-Aeromechanics II Ae 501(A) Hydro -Aeromechanics I. . 4-0 Ae 214(A) Stress Analysis IV 3-0 EE 241(C) A. C. Circuits 3-2 Ae 302(B) Airplane Design II 1-4 *Ae 001 Lecture - Aero 0-1 *IE 101 Lecture - Indust. Org. . . 0-1 Total 15-10 Total 15-12 Third Term Fourth Term Ae 142(A) Aircraft Dynamic II . . . 3-4 Ae 431(A) Int. Flow in Aire. Engines 4-0 Ae 421(B) Aircraft Propulsion . . . 3-2 Ae 215(A) Adv. Stress Analysis . . . 4-0 Ae 503(A) Compressibility I .... 4-0 Ae 504(A) Compressibility II 3-2 Ch 521(A) Chemistry of Plastics . 3-2 Mc 3 1 1(A) Vibrations 3-2 Ma 116(A) Matrices & Numerical **ME 632(B) Exper. Stress Anal .... 2-2 Methods 4-0 *SL 102 Lecture - New Weapons . , 0-1 *SL 101 Lecture- New Weapons 0-1 *IE 103 Lecture- Indust. Org. . 0-1 Total 17-10 Total 16-7 **Propulsion group takes Ch 561(A) Physical Chemistry(3-2)in place of ME 632(B) this term. Lecture Course - no academic credit. Summer period spent in a civilian institution summer course in industrial engineering. Third and last year aeronautical engineering will be conducted by a civilian institution. PART II, CURRICULA 17 AERONAUTICAL ENGINEERING AERONAUTICAL ENGINEERING, ARMAMENT These curricula consist of two years of study at the Postgraduate School. Selected students will continue for a third year of study at the Massachusetts Institute of Technology. Satisfactory completion of these curricula normally leads to the award of a graduate degree. These curricula are designed to cover electrical, aeronautical and mechanical engineering subjects and related mathematics, metallurgy, electronics and ordnance courses. The third year at M.I.T. majors in guided missile electronics controls and fire control systems. FIRST YEAR (AR) GROUP ENTERING 1951 First Term Second Term EE 151(C) D. C. Circuits & Fields 3-4 EE 251(C) A. C. Circuits 3-4 Ma 151(C) Introd. to Eng. Math 4-0 Ma 152(B) Diff. Eqs. & Boundary Mc 101(C) Engineering Mech. 1 3-0 Value Probs 4-0 Ae 200(C) Rigid Body Statics of Aire. . . . 3-2 Mc 102(C) Eng. Mech. II 3-0 Ch 101(C) Chem. General Inorganic .... 3-2 Ae 211(C) Stress Analysis I 4-0 Ae 100(C) Basic Aerodyn 3-4 *Ae 001 Lecture Aero 0-1 Total 16-8 Total 17-9 Third Term Fourth Term EE 451(C) Transformers & Synchros. . . . 2-2 EE 455(C) Asyn. Motors 2-2 Ma 153(B) Vector Anal. & Introd. to Ma 154(A) Part. Diff. Eq. & Functions Part. Diff. Eq 3-0 of a Comp. Variable 3-0 Mt 201(C) Phys. Metallurgy-Intro 3-2 Mt 202(C) Phys. Metal Ferrous 3-2 Ae 212(C) Stress Analysis II 4-2 Ae 213(B) Stress Analysis III 4-2 Ae 121(C) Technical Aerodyn 3-2 Ae 136(B) Aircraft Perform 3-2 Ma 201(C) Graph. & Mech. Comp 0-2 *SL 102 Lecture New Weapons 0-1 *SL 101 Lecture New Weapons 0-1 Total 15-11 Total 15-9 Six weeks intersessional period in the field. SECOND YEAR (A^2) GROUP ENTERING 1950 First Term Second Term EE 551(B) Transm. Lines & Filters .... 3-2 EE 755(A) Electronic Control Ma 155(A) Matrices and Eng. Math 3-0 & Measurement 3-4 EE 751(C) Electronics 3-4 Mc 401(A) Ext. Ballistics 3-0 Ae 311(C) Aircraft Design 2-4 Ma 401(A) Mech. Computers 2-2 Ae 501(A) Hydro-Aero. Mech. I 4-0 Ma 106(A) Comp. Var. & LaPlace Tr. . . . 4-0 Ae 502(A) Hydro-Aero. Mech. II 4-0 *IE101 Lecture-Indus. Org 0-1 *Ae 001 Lecture-Aero 0-1 Total 15-10 Total 16-8 *Lecture course no academic credit. 18 0. S. NAVAL POSTGRADUATE SCHOOL. 1951-1952 AERONAUTICAL ENGINEERING, ARMAMENT (Continued) SECOND YEAR (AR2) GROUP ENTERING 1950 (Continued) Third Term Fourth Term EE 671(A) Transients 3-4 EE 753(C) Electronics 1-2 Mc 402(A) Dyn. of Missl. & Gyros 3-0 EE 662(A) Servo-Mechanisms 3-3 Or 141(C) Guid. Missl. Guidance 2-0 Es 456(C) Introd. to Radar (Airborn). . . . 2-2 Ae 503(A) Compressibility 4-0 Mt 203(B) Physical Metallurgy 2-2 Ae 146(A) Aire, Dynamics 3-2 Mc 201(A) Methods in Dynamics 2-2 *SL 101 Lecture-New Weap. Dev 0-1 Or 142(C) Guid. Missl. Guidance 1-0 *IE 103 Lecture-Indus. Org 0-1 *SL 102 Lecture New Weap. Dev 0-1 Total 15-8 Total 11-12 Summer period between 2nd and 3rd years will be spent at a naval aviation activity. Third year at M. I. T. SECOND YEAR (AR2) GROUP ENTERING 1951 First Term Second Term Ma 105(A) Fourier Series and Boundary Ma 106(A) Complex Variable & Laplace.. 4-0 Value 4-0 Ma 401(A) Mechanical Computers 2-2 Ae 501(A) Hydro-Aero. Mech. I 4-0 Mc 401(A) Exterior Ballistics 3-0 Ae 31 1(C) Aircraft Design 2-4 Ae 502(A) Hydro-Aero-Mech. II 4-0 EE 551(B) Transmissions, Liners & EE 755(A) Elect. Control & Measurement 3-4 Filters 3-2 *Ae 001 Lecture Aero 0-1 EE 751(C) Electronics 3-4 *IE 101 Lecture Indust. Org 0-1 Total 16-10 Total 16-8 Third Term Fourth Term EE 671(A) Transients 3-4 EE 753(C) Electronics 1-2 Mc 402(A) Dyn. of Missl. & Gyros 3-0 EE 662(A) Servo-Mechanisms 3-3 Or 141(C) Guid. Missl. Guidance 2-0 Es 456(C) Intro, to Radar (Airborn) 2-2 Ae 503(A) Compressibility 4-0 Mt 203(B) Physical Metallurgy 2-2 Ae 146(A) Aire. Dynamics 3-2 Mc 201(A) Methods in Dynamics 2-2 *SL 101 Lecture New Weap. Dev 0-1 Or 142(C) Guid. Missl. Guidance 1-0 *IE 103 Lecture Indus. Org 0-1 *SL 102 Lecture New Weap. Dev 0-1 Total 15-8 Total 11-12 Summer period between 2nd and 3rd years will be spent at a naval aviation activity. THIRD YEAR (AR3) AT M. I. T. Fall Term Spring Term 16.40 Space Kin. & Gyro Theory 16.44 Fire Control Instruments Adv. 16. 15 Stability & Cont. of Aire. 16.46 Fire Control Instrument Lab. 16.41 Introd. to Fire Control Thesis 16.43 Fire Cont. Instr. Lab. 16. 39 Autom. Control Equip Thesis Lecture course — no academic credit. PART II. CURRICULA 19 AERONAUTICAL ENGINEERING, ELECTRICAL These curricula consist of two years of study at the Naval Postgraduate School. Selected students will continue for a third year of study at the Naval Postgraduate School. Satisfactory completion normally leads to the award of a graduate degree in electrical engineering. These curricula are designed to provide major emphasis on electricity and are supported by aeronautics, mathematics, metallurgy, electronics and mechanics. The objective of these curricula is to provide electrical engineers with a good understanding of aeronautical engineering. FIRST YEAR (AE) GROUP ENTERING 1951 First Term Second Term Ma 151(C) Intro, to Eng. Math 4-0 Ma 152(B) Diff. Eq. & Boundary EE 171(C) Elect. Circts. & Fids 3-4 Value Prob 4-0 Mc 100(C) Engineering Mech. 1 3-0 EE 271(C) A. C. Circuits 3-2 Ae 200(C) Rigid Body Statics of Aire. . . . 3-2 Mc 102(C) Engineering Mech. II 3-0 Ch 101(C) Chem. General Inorganic ... . 3-2 Ae 21 1(C) Stress Analysis 1 4-0 Ae 100(C) Basic Aerodyn 3-4 *Ae001 Lect. Aero 0-1 *IE 101 Lect. Ind. Org 0-1 Total 16-8 Total 17-8 Third Term Fourth Term Ma 153(B) Vector Anal. & Intro, to Ma 154(A) Part. Diff. Eqs. & Part. Diff. Eq 3-0 Func. of a Comp. Var 3-0 EE 272(C) A. C. Circuits 2-2 EE 371(C) D. C. Mach 3-2 Mt 201(C) Phys. Metall. Intro 3-2 Mt 202(C) Phys. Metall. Ferrous 3-2 Ae 212(C) Stress Anal. II 4-2 Ae 213(B) Stress Anal. HI 4-2 Ae 121(C) Tech Aerod. I 3-2 Ae 136(B) Aire. Perform 3-2 Ma 201(C) Graph. & Mech. Comp 0-2 *SL 102 Lect. New Weap. Dev 0-1 *SL 101 Lect. New Weap. Dev 0-1 Total 15-11 Total 16-9 Six weeks intersessional period in the field at an aviation test activity. SECOND YEAR (AE2) GROUP ENTERING 1950 First Term Second Term Ma 105(A) Fourier Series & B. L. Prob . 4-0 Ma 106(A) Comp. Var. & LaPlace EE 471(C) Transformers Asymchro. Trans 4-0 & Synchro. Mach 3-4 EE 472(C) Syn. Machines 3-4 Ae 311(C) Aircraft Design 2-4 EE 971(A) Elect. Seminar 1-0 Ae 203(A) Aire. Stress Anal. Ill 4-0 Ch 521(A) Chem. Plastics 3-2 Ae 501(A) Hydro. Aero. Mech. 1 4-0 Ae 502(A) Hydro. Aero. Mech. II 4-0 *IE 101 Lect. Ind. Org 0-1 *Ae001 Lect. Aero j 0-1 Total 17-8 Total 15-8 ^Lecture course - no academic credit. 20 U. S. NAVAL POSTGRADUATE SCHOOL, 1951-1952 AERONAUTICAL ENGINEERING, ELECTRICAL (Continued) SECOND YEAR (AE2) GROUP ENTERING 1950 (Continued) Third Term Fourth Term EE 571(B) Transm. Lines & Filtrs ..... 3-4 EE 772(B) Electronics 3-2 EE 771(B) Electronics 3-2 EE 971 (A) Elect. Seminar 1-0 EE 971(A) Elect. Seminar 1-0 Es 226(A) Pulse Circuits 2-1 Es 256(C) Introduction to Radar Mt 203(B) Physical Metallurgy 2-2 App. of Vac. Tubes 2-0 Mc 201(A) Methods in Dynamics 2-2 Ae 503(A) Compressibility 4-0 Ma 201(C) Graph. & Mech. Comp 0-2 Ae 146(A) Aircraft Dynam 3-2 *IE104 Lect. Indust. Organ 0-1 *Ae002 Lect. Aero 0-2 *SL101 Lect. New Weap. Dev 0-1 *SL101 Lect. New Weap. Dev 0-1 *IE 103 Lect. Indust. Org 0-1 Total 16-12 Total 10-11 Inter sessional period of four weeks in an electrical test activity. THIRD YEAR (AE3) GROUPS ENTERING 1949, 1950 and 1951 First Term Second Term EE 671(A) Transients 3-4 EE 662(A) Servomechanisms. 3-3 EE 871(A) Electrical Machine Design . . . 4-0 EE 872(A) Elect. Mach. Des 4-0 Es 431(B) Radar System Eng 3-3 EE 971(A) Elect. Seminar 1-0 Thesis 0-6 —Es 432(B) Radar System Eng 3-6 Thesis 0-3 Total 10-13 Total 11-12 Third Term Fourth Term Es 321(B) Radio Systems Des 3-3 EE 971(A) Elect. Seminar 1-0 EE 873(A) Elect. Mach. Des 4-0 Es 536 Counter Measures 2-3 EE 971(A) Elect. Seminar 1-0 Thesis 0-10 *Ae 002 Lecture Aero 0-2 *IE 103 Lecture-Indust. Org 0-10 Total 8-16 Total 3-13 SECOND YEAR (AE2) GROUP ENTERING 1951 First Term Second Term Ma 105(A) Fourier Series & B.L. Prob . 4-0 Ma 106(A) Comp. Var. & LaPlace EE 471(C) Transfrmrs. Asymchro. Trans 4-0 •. 3-4 & Synchro. Mach 3-4 EE 472(C) Syn. Machines . . Ae 311(C) Aircraft Design 2-4 EE 971(A) Elect. Seminar 1-0 Ae 501(A) Hydro. Aero. Mech. I 4-0 Ch 521(A) Chem. Plastics 3-2 Ae 502(A) Hydro. Aero. Mech. II 4-0 *IE 101 Lect. Ind. Org 0-1 *Ae 001 Lect. Aero 0-1 Total 13-8 Total 15-8 Lecture course — no academic credit. PART II, CURRICULA 21 AERONAUTICAL ENGINEERING, ELECTRICAL (Continued) SECOND YEAR (AE2) GROUP ENTERING 1951 (Continued) Third Term Fourth Term |EE 571(B) Transm. Lines & Filtrs 3-4 EE 772(B) Electronics 3-2 EE 771(B) Electronics 3-2 EE 971(A) Elect. Seminar 1-0 |EE 971(A) Elect. Seminar 1-0 Es 226(A) Pulse Circuits 2-1 |Es 256(C) Introd. to Radar Mt 203(B) Phys. Metallurgy 2-2 App. of Vac. Tubes 2-0 Mc 201(A) Methods Dynamics Elective**. . 2-2 Ae 503(A) Compressibility 4-0 *IE 104 Lect. Indust. Organ 0-1 Ae 146(A) Aircraft Dynam 3-2 *SL101 Lect. New Weap. Dev 0-1 *Ae 002 Lect. Aero 0-2 *SL 101 Lect. New Weap. Dev 0-1 *IE 103 Lect. Indust. Org 0-1 Total 16-12 Total 10-9 Intersessional period of four weeks in an electrical test activity. THIRD YEAR (A3) AT THE UNIV. OF MICHIGAN Fall Term Spring Term Ae 116 Advcd. Fluid Dynamics *AE 102 Advanced Design Ae 172 Instrumentation & Research *AE 133 Advcd Airpln Structures *Ae 118 Experim. Aerodynmcs. *AE 160-1 Introd. to non-linear Sys. *Ae 174 Atomic Physics AE 160-2 Symposium-Propulsion *Ae 105 Dynamic Stability AE 162 Thesis *EM 123 Theory of Strength *AE 165 Aire. Propulsion I *MA152 Math. Fourier Series *AE 171 Aire. Servo Cont. Systems Thesis *AE 202 Dynmcs. Compress. Fluids *AE 203 Dynmcs. Perfect Fluids *AE 204 Aircft. Propulsion II * Elective Courses *EM 129 Plasticity THIRD YEAR (AC 3) AT CALIF. INSTITUTE OF TECHNOLOGY AE 260 Research in Aero. AE 261 Hydro, of Comp. Fluids AE 266 Theor. Aerodyn. of Fluids AE 270 Elasticity of Aeronautics AE 272 Precision Measurmts. AE 290 Aeronautics Seminar AM 150 Vibration & Flutter AIRCRAFT FLIGHT PERFORMANCE THIRD YEAR (AF3) AT PRINCETON UNIV. Fall Term Spring Term AE 565 Airplane Dynamics AE 566 Airplane Dynamics AE 567 Helicopter Analysis AE 568 Helicopter Analysis AE 583 Advcd. Airpln. Performance AE 570 Analytcl. Methods in Eng. AE 563 Jet Propulsion AE 528 Servomechanisms AE 569 Analytical Methods in Eng. AE 700 Spec. Probs. in Aire. Perf. Thesis Thesis * Lecture course - no academic credit. ** Elective courses may be selected from advanced courses in the Aeronautical Engineering Department or the Electrical Engineering Department or other departments in the Post- graduate School, subject to the needs of the individual student. 22 U. S. NAVAL POSTGRADUATE SCHOOL. 1951-1952 AERONAUTICAL ENGINEERING GENERAL, (Continued) SEAPLANE HYDRONAMICS THIRD YEAR (AH3) AT STEVENS INST. OF TECHNOLOGY AND NEW YORK UNIVERSITY Fall Term Spring Term FD 203 Mechanics of Fluid Resistance FD 210 Exp. Math, in Hydrodynamics FD 204 Hydrodynamic Theory FD 211 Mechanics of Bodies in Fluids FD 215 Seaplane Design I FD 216 Seaplane Design II *FD 217 Marine & Aircraft Propulsion I *FD 218 Marine & Aircraft Propulsion II *FD 213 Special Problems, Fluid Dyn. I *FD 214 Spec. Probs. Fluid Dyn II *MA 517 Ord. & Part. Diff. Equations *MA 520 Advanced Calculus II *MA 519 Advanced Calculus I *AE 117 Aircraft Structural Lab. *AE 206 Applied Elasticity AE 210 Aircraft Stress Analysis AE 209 Adv. Stress Analysis Thesis Thesis JET PROPULSION THIRD YEAR (AJ3) AT CALIF. INSTITUTE OF TECHNOLOGY AE 261 Hydrodynmc of Compr. Fluids AE 272 Precision Measurmts. AE 290 Aeronautics Seminar JP 121 Rockets JP 130 Thermal Jets JP 170 Jet Propulsn. Lab. JP 210 HiTemp. Design Probs. JP 280 Research in Jets. JP 200 Chemistry Probs. in Jets. THIRD YEAR (AJ3) AT UNIV. OF MINNESOTA Fall Term Winter. Term AE ll6Advcd. Airpln. Stresses AE 117 Advcd. Airpl. Stresses AE 201 Aerodn. Comprs. Fluids AE 202 Compress. Fluids ME 252 Advcd. Reciproc. Engs. ME 253 Advcd. Gas Turbines Thesis Thesis Spring Term AE 118 Stresses in Aircraft Structures AE 204 Supersonic Aerodynamic Lab. ME 255 Thermal Jets & Rockets Thesis AIRCRAFT PROPULSION SYSTEMS THIRD YEAR (AP3) AT M. I. T. Fall Term Spring Term 2.213 Gas Turbines 2. 214 Gas Turbines 2.791 Internal Comb. Engs. 2. 792 Intern. Comb. Engines 10.70 Principles of Combust. 16. 56 Jet Engines 16. 105 Applied Aerodynamics Thesis Thesis *Elective Courses PART II. CURRICULA 23 STRUCTURES THIRD YEAR (AS3) AT CALIF. INSTITUTE OF TECHNOLOGY AE 254 Advcd Probs. in Airplane Design AE 257 Engineering Mathematical Princs. AE 260 Research in Aeronautics AE 270 Elasticity Applied to Aeronautics AE 272 Precision Measurements AE 274 Problems in Aero-elasticity AE 290 Aeronautics Seminar AM 150 Vibration & Flutter THIRD YEAR (AS3) AT UNIV. OF MINNESOTA Fall Term Winter Term AE 116 Advcd. Airplane Stresses AE 117 Advcd. Airplane Stresses AE 240 Dynamics of Airplane Structures AE 241 Dynamics of Aircraft AE 201 Aerodn. Comprs. Fluids AE 202 Compress Fluids Thesis Thesis Spring Term AE 118 Stresses in Aircraft Structures AE 119 Structural Test of Aircraft AE 204 Supersonic Aerodynamic Lab. Thesis GAS TURBINE PROPULSION SYSTEMS THIRD YEAR (AT3) AT RENSSELAER POLYTECHNIC INSTITUTE Fall Term Spring Term G12.30 Thermo, of Hi-Veloc. Flow G12.41 Turbines & Jets Cycles G12.40 Gas Turb. Comb. & Stability G1.13 Dynamics & Stab, of Aire. G4. 52 Chem. of Combustion Gl6. 67 Nuclear Physics G13.62 Hi-Temp Metallurgy G12. 99 Thesis G1.17 Comprs. & Incomprs. Flow 24 U. S. NAVAL POSTGRADUATE SCHOOL. 1951-1952 COMMUNICATIONS C - Group Objective To prepare selected officers for communications, operational and staff duties; and to better fit them for command duties. This curriculum majors in practical communications, operations, tactics, and elementary electronics. Students are required to enroll in the Naval War College correspondence course in Strategy and Tactics. .First Term Second Term Co-lOl(C) Typing & Radio Code 0-4 Co- 102(C) Radio Code" & Procedure 0-4 Co-llO(C) Communication Procedure ... 2-2 Co- 11 1(C) NXT and Toll Traffic Co- 120(C) Comm. Org. & Secur 2-1 Procedures 2-2 Co-131(C) Tactics 2-2 Co- 121(C) Basic Rapid Comm. Plan.... 2-1 Co-1 35(C) Corr. Course in Strategy Co- 132(C) Tactics 2-2 & Tactics Co-135(C) Corr. Course in Es-186(C) Fund, of Radio Comm 4-4 Strategy & Tactics Es-281(C) Electronics Fund 2-2 Es -282(C) Vacuum Tube Circuits 4-4 Es-786(C) R. F. Energy Trans 3-2 11-16 13-15 Third Term Fourth Term Co-103(C) Visual & Voice Proc 0-3 CO- 104(C) Comm. & Other Nav. Co- 1 12(C) Intern. & Comm. Comm 1-1 Organ 2-1 Co- 122(C) Communication Plans Co-1 13(C) Correspondence & Mail 1-0 (Type & Task Force) 2-3 Co- 114(C) Crypto Systems Instruc 0-2 Co-133(C) Tactics 2-2 Co- 123(C) Comm. Plans (Amphib. ) 1-3 Co- 135(C) Corr. Course in Strategy Co- 134(C) Tactics 2-2 & Tactics Co 135(C) Corr. Course in Strategy Es-283(C) Vacuum Tube Circuits 4-3 & Tactics Es-286(C) Pulsing & H.F. Circuits 3-2 Es 386(C) Trans. & Receivers 3-3 *SL-101 New Weapon Develop 0-1 Es 586(C) Special Systems 3-3 *SL 101 New Weapon Develop 0-1 12-15 12-15 Lecture course - no academic credit. PART II, CURRICULA 25 Television Laboratory, U. S. Naval Postgraduate School, Annapolis, Md. ELECTRONICS ENGINEERING Objective To give the student a thorough practical and theoretical training in electronics engineering in preparation for future duties involving the development and use of electronics equipment and systems in the Naval Establishment. THREE YEAR CURRICULA (Presented at graduate level) FIRST YEAR (El) First Term Second Term Ma-lOl(C) Intro, to Eng. Math 5-0 Ma- 102(C) D. A. Equations & Series 5-0 Es - 1 1 1(C) Electricity (D. C. ) 4-4 Es -112(C) Electricity (A. C. ) 4-3 Es -211(C) Electron Tubes & Es -212(C) Electron Tubes & Circuits 2-3 Circuits 2-3 Ph-211 (C) Geom. & Phys. Optics 3-0 Ph -212(B) Phys. Optics & Dynamics 3-3 *IE -101 Industrial Engineering . . . 0-1 14-7 14-10 Third Term Fourth Term Ma- 103(B) Funct. of Sev. Var & Ma- 104(A) Part. Diff. Eq. & Vect. Anal 5-0 Rel. Topics 5-0 Es - 1 13(C) Circuit Analysis & Meas 3-3 Es 114(C) Circuit Analysis & Meas 3-3 Es -213(C) Electron Tubes & Cir 4-4 Es 214(C) Electron Tubes & Cir 4-3 Ph 113(B) Dynamics 3-0 Ph 311(A) Electrostatics & SL101 New Weapons 0-1 Magnetostatics 3-0 IE 103 Industrial Engineering 0-1 *SL102 New Weapons 0-1 *IE "104 Human Engineering 0-1 15-8 15-8 Lecture course - no academic credit. 26 U. S. NAVAL POSTGRADUATE SCHOOL, 1951-1952 ELECTRONICS ENGINEERING (Continued) SECOND YEAR (E2) First Term Second Term Es 621(A) Electromagnetics 3-0 Es 121(A) Advanced Circuit Theory 3-2 EE 314(C) A. C. & D. C. Machines 3-4 Es 622(A) Electromagnetics 4-0 Ph 421(A) Fundamental Acoustics 3-0 Ph 422(A) Applied Acoustics 3-0 Es Electron 225(A) Tubes 3-6 Es 126(C) Radio Freq. Measurements . . . 2-6 12-10 12-8 Third Term Fourth Term Es 623(A) Electromagnetics 4-0 Es 624(A) Electromagnetics 3-0 Es 122(A) Adv. Circuit Theory 3-2 Es 123(A) Adv. Circuit Theory 3-0 Ph 423(A) Underwater Acoustics 2-3 Es 226(A) U.H.F. Tubes 4-3 Es 321(B) Radio Systems 3-3 Es 322(B) Radio Systems 3-3 12-8 THIRD YEAR (E3) First Term Second Term Es 736(B) Antennas, Trans. Lines 3-3 EE 662(A) Servomechanisms 3-3 Es 1 33(A) Adv. Circuit Theory 3-0 Es 531(B) Special Systems 3-3 Es 431(B) Radar System Eng 3-3 Es 432(B) Radar System Eng 3-6 Es 333(B) Radio Systems 2-3 Es 831(A) Thesis Seminar 2-0 11-9 11-12 Third Term Fourth Term This term is spent in an industrial elec- Es 532(B) Special Systems 3-3 tronics laboratory, such as Bell Telephone Es 036(C) Electronics Admin 2-0 Co. , R. C. A. , or General Electric Co. Es 832(A) Thesis Seminar 4-0 During this period the student works as a Es 836(A) Project Seminar 1-0 junior engineer or physicist on a selected Ph 631(A) Atomic Physics 4-0 project which forms part of, or is related to, his thesis. 14-3 TWO YEAR CURRICULA (Presented at undergraduate level) FIRST YEAR (El) Follow (El) curriculum SECOND YEAR (E2c) First Term Second Term Es 227(C) U. H. F. Tubes 3-2 Es 327(B) Radio Systems 4-3 Es 326(B) Radio Systems 3-3 Es 126(C) R. F. Measurements 2-6 EE 314(C) AC & DC Machines 3-4 Es 421(B) Radar Fundamentals 2-3 Ph 427(B) Fundamental and Applied Ph 428(B) Underwater Acoust 2-3 Acoustics 4-0 Total 13-9 Total 10-15 PART II. CURRICULA 27 ELECTRONICS ENGINEERING (Continued) SECOND YEAR (E2c) (Continued) Third Term Fourth Term Es 328(B) Radio Systems 2-3 Es 423(B) Radar Systems Eng 3-6 Es 422(B) Radar Systems Eng 3-3 Es 722(B) Antennas and Wave Es 721(B) Antennas and Wave Propagation 3-3 Propagation 3-3 Es 522(B) Special Systems 3-3 Es-521(B) Special Systems 3-3 Es 036(C) Electronics Administration . . . 2-0 Total 11-12 Total 11-12 ELECTRONICS ENGINEERING (SONAR) Objective To give the student a thorough practical and theoretical training in electronics engineering and acoustics in preparation for future duties involving the development and use of underwater electronics equipment and systems in the Naval Establishment. FIRST YEAR (El) Follow (El) curriculum SECOND YEAR (E2) Follow (E2) curriculum except substitute Ph-424(A) Sonar Systems and Developments for Es-322(B) Radio Systems. THIRD YEAR (EW3) at University of California at I_os Angeles Fall Term Spring Term Phys 214 Advanced Acoustics Phys 266 Propagation of Waves in Fluids Phys 220A Theoretical Mechanics Phys 264 Advanced Acoustics Seminar Phys 1 14C Acoustics Laboratory Phys 290 Acoustics Research Phys 124 Nuclear Structure Phys 117 Hydrodynamics Phys 119 Kinetic Theory / 28 U. S. NAVAL POSTGRADUATE SCHOOL, 195 1-1952 Physics Laboratory, U. S. Naval Postgraduate School, Annapolis, Md. PHYSICS CURRICULA Objective The objective of these curricula is to prepare officers for duties in connection with the appli- cation of Physics to such types of fundamental research and development as may be required by the Naval Establishment. Only students having the necessary qualifications will be admitted to these curricula. FIRST YEAR (Phi) First Term Second Term Ph-240(C) Geom. and Phys. Optics 3-3 Ph-141(B) Analytical Mechanics 4-0 Ch 102(C) Gen. Inorganic Chem 4-2 Ph 241(B) Polarized Light 1-3 Ma 181(C) Directional Derivatives and Ph 341(C) Elect, and Magnetism 4-2 Line Intervals 5-0 Ma 182(B) Dif. Eqs. and Vector Analysis 5-0 12-5 14-5 Third Term Fourth Term Ph 142(B) Analytical Mechanics 4-0 Ph 343(B) Elect and Magnetism 3-0 Ph 342(B) Elect, and Magnetism 3-3 Ph 640(B) Atomic Physics 3-3 Ma 183(B) Complex Variables and Ma 184(A) Matrices Tensors and Dif. Eqs. of Theoretical Variations 5-0 Physics 5-0 12-3 11-3 PART II. CURRICULA 29 PHYSICS CURRICULA (Continued) SECOND YEAR (Ph2) First Term Second Terra Ph 361(A) Electromagnetism 3-0 Ph 143(A) Advanced Mechanics 3-0 Ph 421(A) Acoustics 3-0 Ph 540(B) Kin. Theory of Gases 3-0 Ph 426(B) Acoustics Lab 0-3 Ch 442(C) Physical Chemistry 4-2 Ph 530(B) Physical Thermodynamics. . . . 3-0 Thesis* Thesis* 9-3 10-2 Third Term Fourth Term Ph 721(A) Intro. to Quan. Mech 4-0 Elective** Elective** Elective** Thesis* Thesis* * The student will choose a thesis topic with the approval of the staff. The research involved may be either experimental or theoretical. ** Elective courses may be selected from advanced courses in the Physics Department or in other departments in the Naval Postgraduate School, subject to the needs of the individual student. Possible courses would include Theoretical Physics, Nuclear Physics, Theory of Solids, Statistical Mechanics, Spectroscopy, X-rays and Crystallography, Theory of Metals, Mathematics and Chemistry. NAVAL ENGINEERING (APPLIED) CURRICULA NAVAL ENGINEERING (APPLIED) NA GROUPS Objective The general objective of these curricula is to develop officers. competent to: (a) Direct the inspection, installation, operation and maintenance of naval machinery and equipment (excepting radio and sound equipment) over which the Bureau of Ships has cognizance, or for which the Engineering Officer afloat is held responsible by the U.S. Navy Regulations. Specifically, the objective is to provide officers, subject to having attained suitable rank and experience, competent to perform the following duties: (a) Engineering officers of all types of naval vessels and staff engineers afloat. (b) Maintenance and repair assignments in the Bureau of Ships, on repair ships, at navy yards, and repair bases. (c) Inspectors of naval machinery and material. SECOND YEAR (NA2) 1950 - 1952 GROUP First Term Second Term EE 452(C) Syn. Mach. & Indue. Motors . 3-4 ME 830(C) Mach. Design 4-2 ME 122(C) Thermodynamics 3-2 EE 751(C) Electronics 3-4 ME 522(C) Str. of Materials 4-0 ME 221(C) Mar. P. P. Equip 3-2 ME 601(C) Materials Testing Lab 0-2 ME 421(C) Hydro-Dynamics 3-2 Mt 301(A) High Temp. Materials 3-0 *IE 101 Industrial Eng 0-1 Total 13-8 Total 13-11 * Lecture course— no academic credit. 30 0. S. NAVAL POSTGRADUATE SCHOOL, 1951-1952 NAVAL ENGINEERING (APPLIED) CURRICULA (Continued) SECOND YEAR (NA2) 1950 - 1952 GROUP (Continued) Third Term Fourth Term EE 551(B) Trans. Lines & Filters 3-2 ME 217(C) Int. Comb. Eng. (Diesel) 4-2 ME 222(C) Mar. P. P. Equip 3-4 EE 651(B) Transients & Servos 3-4 NE 102(C) Marine Eng. (Main Prop) 3-0 ME 223(B) Mar. P. P. Anal 2-4 *IE 103 Industrial Eng. 0-1 NE 101(C) Marine Eng. (Main Prop. ) ... 3-0. *SL101 New Weapons 0-1 NE 103(C) Marine Eng. (Dept. Org.).... 1-0 ME 422(C) Hydro-Equip 2-2 IE 104 Human Eng 0-1 SL102 New Weapons 0-1 Total 11-10 Total 13-12 * Lecture course — no academic credit. PART II. CURRICULA 31 Chemical Engineering Laboratory, U. S. Naval Postgraduate School, Annapolis, Maryland. CHEMICAL ENGINEERING CHEMICAL ENGINEERING CURRICULA — NC GROUPS Objective The objective of these curricula is to provide the training necessary for a selected group of officers to: (a) Supervise and direct activities at the Standards Branch, Bureau of Ships involving chemical processes. (b) To act in an advisory capacity with civilian establishments in the development and produc- tion of materials for the naval service. (c) To be able to appreciate developments in industry involving materials other than metals, such as paints, protective coatings, plastics, etc. , and advise the Bureau of Ships as to the suitability of such developments in solving problems of maintenance and repair. FIRST YEAR (NC) First Term Second Term Ma 171(C) Special Topics in Calc 3-0 Ma 172(C) Fourier Series 3-0 Ma 201(C) Graph & Mech. Comp 0-2 EE 251(C) A. C. Circuits 3-4 Mc 101(C) Engineering Mechanics I 3-0 Ch 221(C) Qualitative Anal 3-2 Ch 101(C) General Chemistry 3-2 Ge 101(C) Phys. Geology 3-0 EE 171(C) Elect. Circ. & Fields 3-4 ME 500(C) Str. of Materials 3-0 ME 601(C) Mat. Test. Lab 0-2 Total 12-8 Total 15-8 !»48»i83 0—51- 32 "• S. NAVAL POSTGRADUATE SCHOOL, 1951-1952 CHEMICAL ENGINEERING (Continued) FIRST YEAR (NC) (Continued) Third Term Fourth Term Ma 173(B) Funct. of Sev. Var 3-0 Ch 521(A) Plastics 3-2 Ch 231(C) Quantitative Anal 2-4 Ch 611(C) Thermodynamics 3-2 Ch 311(C) Organic Chem 3-2 Ch 312(C) Organic Chem \ 3-2 Ch 411(C) Phys. Chem 3-2 Ch 412(C) Phys. Chem 2-2 Ge 302(C) Determ. Mineralogy 1-4 Ge 241(C) Geol. of Petrol 2-2 Total 12-12 Total 13-10 Inter sessional Field Trip. SECOND YEAR (NC2) First Term Second Term Ch 541(A) Reaction Motors 2-2 Ch 41 3(A) Adv. Phys. Chem 2-2 Ch 612(C) Thermodynamics- 3-2 Ch 111(A) Fuel & Oil Chem 2-2 Cr 271(B) Crystal. & X-Ray 3-2 EE 751(C) Electronics 3-4 Mt 201(C) Phys. Met 3-2 ME 421(C) Hydro Mechanics 3-2 Mt 301(A) High Temp. Mat 3-0 ME 711(C) Mech. of Mach 3-2 IE101 Industrial Eng 0-1 Total 14-8 Total 13-13 Third Term Fourth Term Ch 701(C) Chem. Eng. Calc 3-2 Ma 301(B) Statistics 3-2 Ch 321(A) Qual. Org. Anal 2-2 Ch 800(A) Chem. Seminar 2-0 Ch 323(A) Chem. of High Pol 3-0 Ch 322(A) Adv. Org. Chem 3-2 Mt 201(C) Phys. Met 3-2 Mt 202(C) Phys. Met 3-2 ME 422(B) Hydromechanics 2-2 ME 310(B) Heat Transfer 3-2 Ph 610(B) Atomic Physics 3-0 IE 104 Human Eng. 0-1 IE 103 Industr. Eng 0-1 SL 102 New Weapons 0-1 SL101 New Weapons 0-1 Total 16-10 Total 14-10 Inter sessional Field Trip for students selected for a third year. THIRD YEAR (NC3) At Lehigh University for selected students. Lecture course — no academic credit. PART II, CURRICULA 33 -*9*4 IT* Mechanical Engineering Boiler Laboratory, U. S. Naval Postgraduate School, Annapolis, Maryland. MECHANICAL ENGINEERING CURRICULA — NH GROUPS Objective The objective of these curricula is to develop officers competent to direct the inspection, in- stallation, maintenance, operation and repair of naval machinery and equipment, excepting radio and underwater sound equipment. Specifically, the objective is to provide officers, subject to having attained suitable rank and experience, competent to perform the following duties: (a) Engineer officer of all types of naval vessels, and staff engineers afloat. (b) Assignment to the operation and maintenance divisions of the Bureau of Ships. (c) Assignment to navy yards, repair ships, and repair bases in connection with production, or maintenance and repair. (d) Assignmentto test and research activities suchas the Naval Boiler Laboratory, Engineering Experiment Station, Naval Research Laboratory, and Material Test Laboratory. (e) Inspectors of naval machinery and material. THIRD YEAR (NH3) 1949-1952 GROUP First Term Second Term ME 216(A) Mar. P.P. Design 2-4 Mt 301(A) High Temp. Mat 3-0 ME 513(A) Theory of Elasticity 3-0 ME 612(A) Exp. Stress Analysis 3-2 ME 411(C) Hydrodynamics 3-2 ME 412(A) Hydrodynamics 4-2 ME 811(C) Mach. Design 3-2 ME 812(B) Adv. Mach. Design 3-4 NE 101(C) Mar. Eng. (Main Prop. ) 3-0 Total 14-8 Total 13-8 34 u - s - NAVAL POSTGRADUATE SCHOOL, 1951-1952 MECHANICAL ENGINEERING (Continued) THIRD YEAR (NH3) 1949-1952 GROUP (Continued) Third Term Fourth Term NE 102(C) Mar. Eng. (Aux. Mach. ) . . . . 3-0 Ae 431(A) Turb. & Comp 4-0 ME 217(C) Int. Comb. Eng 4-2 NE 103(C) Eng. Dept. & Org 1-0 Thesis 2-16 Thesis 2-20 Total 9-18 Total 7-20 SECOND YEAR (NH2) 1950 — 1953 GROUP First Term Second Term ME 112(B) Thermodynamics 4-2 ME 211(C) Mar. P.P. Equip 3-2 Ch 561(A) Physical Chem 3-2 ME 411(C) Hydrodynamics 3-2 ME 51 1(C) Str. of Materials 5-0 ME 512(A) Str. of Materials 5-0 EE 452(C) Synch. Mach. & EE 751(C) Electronics 3-4 Induct. Motors 3-4 IE 101(C) Ind. Org. 0-1 Total 15-8 Total 14-9 Third Term Fourth Term ME 212(C) Mar. P. P. Equip 3-4 ME 217(C) Int. Comb. Eng 4-2 ME 412(A) Hydrodynamics 4-2 Ae 431(A) Turbines & Compr 4-0 ME 61 1(C) Mat. Testing Lab 2-2 ME 513(A) Theory of Elast 3-0 Mt 201(C) Phys. Met 3-2 Mt 202(C) Phys. Met 3-2 *IE 103 Ind. Org 0-1 *IE 1 04 Human Eng 0-1 *SL101 New Weapons 0-1 *SL102 New Weapons 0-1 Total 12-12 Total 14-6 Intersessional Field Trip *Lecture course — no academic credit. THIRD YEAR (NH3) 1950 — 1953 GROUP First Term Second Term ME 215(A) Mar. P.P. Anal 2-4 ME 216(A) Mar. P.P. Design 2-4 ME 310(B) Heat Transfer 3-2 ME 81 1(C) Mach. Design 3-2 ME 612(A) Exp. Stress Anal 3-2 EE 651(B) Trans. & Servos 3-4 Mt 203(B) Phys. Met 2-2 Mt 301(A) High Temp. Mat 3-0 NE 101(C) Mar. Eng. (Main Prop) 3-0 Total 13-10 Total 11-10 Third Term Fourth Term NE 102(C) Mar. Eng. (Aux. Mach.).... 3-0 NE 103(C) Eng. Dept. & Org 1-0 ME 812(C) Adv. Mach. Design 3-4 Thesis 2-20 Thesis 2-10 Total 1-14 Total 3-20 PART II. CURRICULA 35 MECHANICAL ENGINEERING (Continued) FIRST YEAR (NH) GROUP ENTERING 1951 First Term Second Term Ma 101(C) Intro, to Eng. Math 5-0 Ma 102(C) Diff. Equa. & Series 5-0 Ma 201(C) Graph. & Mech. Comp 0-2 Ph 610(B) Atomic Physics 3-0 Mc 101(C) Engineering Mechanics I . . . . 3-0 Mc 102(C) Engineering Mechanics II 3-0 Ch 101(C) General Chemistry 3-2 Ch 111(A) Fuel & Oil Chemistry 2-2 EE 171(C) Elect. Circ. & Fields 3-4 EE 251(C) A. C. Circuits 3-4 Total 14-i Total 16-6 Third Term Fourth Term Ma 103(B) Funct. Sev. Var. & Ma 104(A) Part. Diff. Equations 5-0 Vector Anal 5-0 Mt 202(C) Phys. Met. (Ferrous) 3-2 Mc 201(A) Methods of Dynam 2-2 ME 1 1 1(C) Thermodynamics 4-2 Mt 201(C) Physical Met 3-2 EE 542(C) Synch. Mach. & Induct. EE 351(C) D. C. Machinery 2-2 Motors 3-4 EE 451(C) Transf. & Synchros 2-2 Total 14-8 Total 15-8 Intersessional Field Trip. SECOND YEAR (NH2) 1951-1953 GROUP First Term Second Term ME 1 12(B) Thermodynamics 4-2 ME 221(C) Mar. P. P. Equip 3-2 ME 511(C) Str. of Materials 5-0 ME 522(B) Mat. & Elasticity 4-0 Mt 203(B) Phys. Met 2-2 ME 61 1(C) Mat. Test. Lab 2-2 Mt 301(A) High Temp. Mat 3-0 ME 421(C) Hydrodynamics 3-2 NE 101(C) Mar. Eng. (Main Prop. ) 3-0 ME 71 1(C) Mech. of Machines 3-2 *IE 101 Ind. Org 0-1 Total 17-4 Total 15-9 Third Term Fourth Term ME 222(C) Mar. P. P. Equip. . 3-4 ME 217(C) Int. Comb. Eng 4-2 ME 622(B) Exper. Str. Anal 2-2 ME 223(B) Mar. P.P. Anal 2-4 ME 422(C) Hydro. Equip 2-2 ME 820(C) Machine Design 2-4 ME 712(A) Dynamics of Machines 3-2 EE 751(C) Electronics 3-4 NE 102(C) Mar. Eng. (Aux. Mach.) 3-0 NE 103(C) Mar. Eng. Org 1-0 *IE 103 Ind. Org 0-1 *IE 104 Human Eng 0-1 *SL101 New Weapons 0-1 *SL102 New Weapons 0-1 Total 13-12 Total 12-16 Lecture course — no academic credit. 36 U. S. NAVAL POSTGRADUATE SCHOOL, 1951-1952 MECHANICAL ENGINEERING (Continued) SECOND YEAR (NHA2) 1951-1954 GROUP First Term Second Term ME 1 12(B) Thermodynamics 4-2 ME 61 1(C) Materials Test. Lab 2-2 ME 51 1(C) Str. of Materials 5-0 ME 211(C) Mar. P.P. Equip 3-2 Mt 203(B) Phys. Met 2-2 ME 512(A) Str. of Materials 5-0 Mt 301(A) High Temp. Materials 3-0 ME 411(C) Hydrodynamics 3-2 NE 101(C) Mar. Eng. (Main Prop. ) 3-0 ME 71 1(C) Mech. of Machines 3-2 *IE 101 Ind. Org ". 0-1 Total 17-4 Total 16-9 Third Term Fourth Term ME 212(C) Mar. P. P. Equip 3-4 ME 513(A) Theory of Elasticity 3-0 ME 412(A) Hydrodynamics 4-2 ME 310(B) Heat Transfer 3-2 ME 712(A) Dynamics of Mach 3-2 Ae 431(A) Turb. & Comp 4-0 NE 102(C) Mar. Eng. (Aux. Mach.) 3-0 Ph 450(B) Underwater Acoustics. 3-2 *IE 103 Ind. Org 0-1 *IE 1 04 Human Eng 0-1 *SL101 New Weapons 0-1 *SL102 New Weapons 0-1 Total 13-10 Total 13-6 Intersessional Field Trip. THIRD YEAR (NHA3) 1951-1954 GROUP First Term Second Term ME 215(A) Mar. P.P. Anal 2-4 ME 216(A) Mar. P.P. Design 2-4 ME 612(A) Exp. Str. Analysis 3-2 ME 811(C) Machine Design 3-2 Ch 561(A) Phys. Chemistry 3-2 Ch 521(A) Plastics 3-2 Ph 240(C) Phys. Optics 3-3 EE 751(C) Electronics 3-4 Total 11-11 Total 11-12 Third Term Fourth Term ME 812(B) Machine Design 3-4 ME 21 7(C) Int. Comb. Eng 4-2 EE 551(B) Trans. Lines, Filters 3-2 EE 651(B) Trans. & Servos 3-4 Thesis . . 2-14 NE 103(C) Mar. Eng. Org 1-0 Thesis 2-12 Total 8-20 Total 10-18 *Lecture Course — no academic credit. MECHANICAL ENGINEERING (Equalization) Objective To further prepare officers of ED classification for engineering assignments under the cogni- zance of the Bureau of Ships involving inspection, installation maintenance and repair of naval machinery and equipment, with the exception of radio and underwater sound equipment. This will be a two-year curriculum at the Naval Postgraduate School. This curriculum is in the process of formulation. PART II, CURRICULA 37 MECHANICAL ENGINEERING (Equalization) (Continued) / GAS TURBINE CURRICULA Objective The objective of these curricula is by means of practical and theoretical instruction to qualify a selected group of officers for: (a) Evaluating future trends in the field of gas turbine and jet propulsion and advising as to the limitations and capabilities of such means as applicable to propulsion requirements of naval vessels. (b) Directing and supervising research and development in the field of gas turbine and jet propulsion as may be applicable to propulsion of naval vessels. (c) Acting in an advisory capacity with civilian establishments in the development and produc- tion of such naval machinery as may in the future be operated by the use of gas turbines and jet propulsion. FIRST YEAR (NJ) GROUPS ENTERING PRIOR 1951 First Term Second Term Ma 101(C) Intro, to Eng. Math 5-0 Ma 1 02(C) Diff. Equation & Series 5-0 Ma Graph. Mech. 0-2 201(C) & Comp Mc 102(C) Engineering Mechanics II ... . 3-0 Mc 101(C) Engineering Mechanics I . . . . 3-0 ME 141(C) Eng. Thermo 4-2 Ch 101(C) Gen. Chemistry 3-2 Ae 1 00(C) Basic Aerodynamics 3-4 EE 171(C) Elect. Cir. & Fields 3-4 Total 14-8 Total 15-6 Third Term Fourth Term Ch 111(A) Fuel & Oil Chemistry 2-2 Ma 104(A) Part. Diff. Eq. & Rel. Ma 103(B) Funct. of Sev. Var. & Topics 5-0 Vector Anal 5-0 Ch 412(C) Physical Chemistry 2-2 Ch 411(C) Physical Chemistry 3-2 Mt 202(C) Physical Met. (Ferrous) 3-2 Mt 201(C) Physical Metallurgy 3-2 ME 143(A) Eng. Thermo 4-4 ME 142(A) Eng. Thermo 2-2 Total 15-8 Total 14-8 Intersessional Field Trip. SECOND YEAR (NJ2) GROUPS ENTERING PRIOR 1951 First Term Second Term Mt 301(A) High Temp. Materials 3-0 Ma 1 06(A) Complex Var . & Laplace Tr . . 4-0 Ma 105(A) Fourier Series & Boundary EE 251(C) A. C. Circuits 3-4 Value Problems 4-0 Ch 701(C) Chem. Eng. Calculations .... 3-2 ME 522(C) Strength of Materials 4-0 *IE 101 Ind. Organization 0-1 ME 601(C) Mat. Testing Lab 0-2 Ae 502(A) Theory of Aero 4-0 Ae 501(A) Theory of Aero 4-0 Total 15-2 Total 14-7 *Lecture course — no academic credit. 38 U. S. NAVAL POSTGRADUATE SCHOOL, 1951-1952 GAS TURBINE (Continued) SECOND YEAR (NJ2) GROUPS ENTERING PRIOR 1951 (Continued) Third Term Fourth Term Mt 203(B) Physical Metallurgy 2-2 ME 310(B) Heat Transfer 3-2 EE 771(C) Electronics 3-2 Ch 541(A) Reaction Motors 2-2 EE 451(C) Transf. & Synchros 2-2 EE 452(C) Synchros. Mach. & Ae 503(A) Supersonic Aerodynamics . . . 3-2 Indue. Motors Ae 451(C) Gas Turbine Seminar 3-0 Ae 431(A) Gas Turbines & Jets 4-0 *IE 103 Ind. Engineering 0-1 Ae 452(C) Gas Turbine Seminar 3-0 *SL 101 New Weapons 0-1 *IE 104 Ind. Engineering 0-1 *SL102 New Weapons 0-1 Total 13-10 Total 15-10 THIRD YEAR (NJ3) At Massachusetts Institute of Technology Term I - Summer Term II - Fall M351 Adv. Calc. for Engineers 2.491 Flow of Compress. Fluids M352 Adv. Calc. for Engineers 2.213 Gas Turbines 2. 40 Heat Engineering 10.70 Combustion, Prin. of - - Thesis Term III - Spring 2. 28 Fluid Machinery 2. 214 Gas Turbines - - Thesis FIRST YEAR (NJ) GROUP ENTERING 1951 First Term Second Term Ma 101(C) Intro, to Eng. Math 5-0 Ma 102(C) Diff. Equ. & Series 5-0 Ma 201(C) Graph. & Mech. Comp 0-2 Mc 102(C) Plane Dynamics 3-0 Mc 101(C) Statics & Kinematics 3-0 Ae 100(C) Aerodynamics 3-4 Ch 101(C) General Chemistry 3-2 EE 251(C) A. C. Circuits 3-4 EE 171(C) Elect. Circ. & Fields 3-4 Total 14-8 Total 14-8 Third Term Fourth Term EE 451(C) Transf. & Synchro 2-2 Ma 104(A) Part. Diff. Equa 5-0 Ma 103(B) Funct. Ser. Var 5-0 Ch 611(C) Thermodynamics 3-2 Mc 201(A) Methods of Dyn 2-2 EE 452(C) Synch. Mach 3-4 Mt 201(C) Phys. Met 3-2 Ch 412(C) Phys. Chemistry 2-2 Ch 41 1(C) Phys. Chemistry 3-2 Total 15-8 Total 13-8 Inter sessional Field Trip PART II. CURRICULA 39 GAS TURBINE (Continued) SECOND YEAR (NJ2) GROUP ENTERING 1951 First Term Second Term Ma 105(A) Fourier Series 4-0 Ma 106(A) Complex Variables 4-0 Ae 501(A) Theory of Aero 4-0 Ae 502(A) Theory of Aero 4-0 Ch 541(A) Reaction Motors 2-2 ME 611(C) Mat. Test Lab 2-2 ME 511(C) Str. of Materials 5-0 Ch 111(C) Fuel & Oil Chem 2-2 Ch 612(C) Thermodynamics 3-2 Mt 202(C) Phys. Met 3-2 IE 101(C) Ind. Org 0-1 Total 18-4 Total 15-7 Third Term Fourth Term Ae 451(C) Gas Turbine Sem 3-0 Mt 301(A) High Temp Mat 3-0 Ae 503(A) Supersonic Aero 3-2 Ae 452(C) Gas Turbine Sem 3-0 Ch 701(C) Chem. Eng. Cal 3-2 Ae 431(A) Gas Turbine & Jets 4-0 Stress Anal 2-2 ME 3-2 ME 622( ) Exp. 310(B) Heat Transfer Mt 203(B) Phys. Met 2-2 EE 751(C) Electronics 3-4 *IE 103 Ind. Eng 0-1 *IE 1 04 Human Eng 0-1 *SL 101 New Weapons 0-1 *SL 1 02 New Weapons 0-1 Total 13-10 Total 16-8 Lecture course — no academic credit. THIRD YEAR (NJ3) At Massachusetts Institute of Technology. 40 U. S. NAVAL POSTGRADUATE SCHOOL, 1951- 1952 L. Electrical Laboratory, U. S. Naval Postgraduate School, Annapolis, Maryland. ELECTRICAL ENGINEERING CURRICULA Objective The objective of these curricula is to develop officers in technical electrical engineering to direct the inspection, installation, maintenance, operation and repair of naval machinery and equipment, with the exception of radio and underwater sound equipment. Specifically, the objective is to provide officers, subject to have attained suitable rank and experience, competent to perform the following duties: (a) Engineer officers of all types of naval vessels, and staff engineers afloat. (b) Assignment to the operation and maintenance divisions of the Bureau of Ships. (c) Assignment to navy yards, repair ships, and repair bases in connection with production, or maintenance and repair. (d) Assignment to test and research activities such as the Naval Boiler Laboratory, Engineering Experiment Station, Naval R search Laboratory, and Material Test Laboratory. (e) Inspectors of naval machinery and material. SECOND YEAR (NL2) GROUPS ENTERING PRIOR 1951 First Term Second Term Ma 105(A) Fourier Ser. & Boundary Ma 106(A) Complex Var. & Laplace .... 4-0 Value Probs 4-0 EE 472(C) Synchronous Mach 4-5 EE 471(C) Trans. Async. Mach. & EE 971(A) Seminar 1-0 Synchros 4-5 ME 41 1(C) Hydromechanics 3-2 ME 1 12(B) Thermodynamics 4-2 ME 211(C) Mar. P.P. Equipment 3-2 Mt 203(B) Phys. Metallurgy 2-2 *IE 101 Ind. Org 0-1 Total 13-8 Total 14-9 * Lecture course - no academic credit. PART II. CURRICULA 41 ELECTRICAL ENGINEERING (Continued) SECOND YEAR (NL2) GROUPS ENTERING PRIOR 1951 (Continued) Third Term Fourth Term Ph 361(A) Electromagnetism 3-0 ME 310(B) Heat Transfer 3-2 EE 571(B) Trans. Lines & Filters 3-4 Ph 362(A) Electromagnetic Waves 3-0 EE 971(A) Seminar 1-0 EE 772(B) Electronics 3-2 ME 212(C) Mar. P.P. Equipment 3-2 EE 971(A) Seminar 1-0 EE 771(B) Electronics 3-2 Ma 301(B) Statistics 3-2 *IE 103 Ind. Org 0-1 *IE 1 04 Human Eng 0-1 *SL 101 New Weapons 0-1 *SL 1 02 New Weapons 0-1 Total 13-10 Total 13-8 Intersessional Field Trip Lecture course — no academic credit. THIRD YEAR (NL3) GROUPS ENTERING PRIOR 1951 First Term Second Term EE 871(A) Elect. Mach. Design 4-0 Mt 301(A) High Temp. Met 3-0 EE 671(A) Transients 3-4 EE 872(A) Elect. Mach. Design 4-0 ME 215(A) Mar. P.P. Analysis 2-4 EE 971(A) Seminar 1-0 NE 101(C) Mar. Eng. (Main Prop. ) 3-0 EE 672(A) Servo. Mechanisms 3-4 Thesis 3-0 Total 12-8 Total 14-4 Third Term Fourth Term EE 873(A) Elect. Mach. Design 4-0 ME 217(C) Int. Comb. Eng 4-2 EE 971(A) Seminar 1-0 EE 971(A) Seminar 1-0 NE 102(C) Mar. Eng. (Aux. Mach.) 3-0 NE 103(C) Mar. Eng. Org 1-0 Thesis 9-0 Thesis 12-0 Total 17-0 Total 18-2 FIRST YEAR (NL) GROUPS ENTERING 1951 First Term Second Term Ma 101(C) Intro, to Eng. Math 5-0 ME 500(C) Str. of Materials 3-0 Ma 201(C) Graph. & Mech. Comp 0-2 Ma 102(C) Diff. Equ. & Series 5-0 Mc 101(C) Engineering Mechanics I . . . . 3-0 Mc 102(C) Engineering Mechanics II .... 3-0 Ch 101(C) General Chemistry 3-2 Ch 111(A) Fuel & Oil Chemistry 2-2 EE 171(C) Elect. Circ. & Fields 3-4 EE 271(C) A. C. Circuits 3-2 ME 601(C) Mat. Test Lab 0-2 Total 14-8 Total 16-6 Third Term Fourth Term Ph 610(B) Atomic Physics 3-0 Ma 104(A) Part. Diff. Equa 5-0 Ma 103(B) Funct. Sev. Var & Mt 202(C) Phys. Met. (Ferrous) 3-2 Vector Analysis 5-0 ME 11 1(C) Thermodynamics 4-2 Mc 201(A) Methods of Dynamics 2-2 EE 371(C) D. C. Machinery 3-2 Mt 201(C) Physical Met 3-2 EE 272(C) A. C. Circuits 2-2 Total 15-6 Total 15-6 Intersessional Field Trip 42 U. S. NAVAL POSTGRADUATE SCHOOL. 1951-1952 ELECTRICAL ENGINEERING (Continued) SECOND YEAR (NL2) 1951-1953 GROUP First Term Second Term EE 471(C) Trans. Asynch. EE 472(C) Synchronous Mach 3-4 & Synchros 3-4 EE 651(B) Transients & Servos 3-4 ME 1 12(B) Thermodynamics 4-2 EE 971(A) Seminar 1-0 Mt 203(B) Phys. Metallurgy 2-2 ME 221(C) Mar. P.P. Equipment 3-2 Mt 301(A) High Temp. Met 3-0 ME 421(C) Hydromechanics 3-2 NE 101(C) Mar. Eng. (Main Prop. )... . 3-0 *IE 101 Indust. Org 0-1 Total 15-8 Total 13-13 Third Term Fourth Term EE 571(B) Trans. Lines & Filters 3-4 EE 772(B) Electronics 3-2 EE 771(B) Electronics 3-2 EE 971(A) Seminar 1-0 EE 971(A) Seminar 1-0 ME 217(C) Int. Comb. Engines 4-2 ME 222(C) Mar. P.P. Equipment 3-4 ME 310(B) Heat Transfer 3-2 NE 102(C) Mar. Eng. (Aux. Mach. ) . . . . 3-0 NE 103(C) Mar. Eng. Org 1-0 *IE 103 Ind. Org 0-1 *IE 104 Human Eng 0-1 *SL 101 New Weapons 0-1 *SL 102 New Weapons 0-1 Total 13-12 Total 12-8 ^Lecture course — no academic credit. SECOND YEAR (NLA2) 1951-1954 GROUP First Term Second Term EE 471(C) Trans. Asynch. & Synchros.. 3-4 Ma 106(A) Comp. Var. & Laplace 4-0 ME 1 12(B) Thermodynamics 4-3 EE 472(C) Synchronous Mach 3-4 Mt 203(B) Phys. Metallurgy 2-2 EE 971(A) Seminar 1-0 Mt 301(A) High Temp. Met 3-0 ME 221(C) Mar. P.P. Equipment 3-2 NE 101(C) Mar. Eng. (Main Prop. )... . 3-0 ME 421(C) Hydromechanics 3-2 *IE 101 Ind. Org 0-1 Total 15-8 Total 14-9 Third Term Fourth Term EE 571(B) Trans. Lines & Filters 3-4 EE 772(B) Electronics 3-2 EE 771(B) Electronics 3-2 EE 971(A) Seminar 1-0 EE 971(A) Seminar 1-0 Ma 301(B) Statistics 3-2 ME 222(C) Mar. P.P. Equipment 3-4 ME 223(B) Mar. P. P. Analysis 2-4 NE 102(C) Mar. Eng. (Aux. Mach.).... 3-0 ME 310(B) Heat Transfer 3-2 *IE 103 Ind. Org 0-1 *IE 1 04 Human Eng 0-1 *SL101 New Weapons 0-1 *SL102 New Weapons 0-1 Total 13-12 Total 12-12 *Lecture course — no academic credit. Intersessional Field Trip. PART II, CURRICULA 43 ELECTRICAL ENGINEERING (Continued) THIRD YEAR (NLA3) 1951-1954 GROUP First Term Second Term Ma 105(A) Fourier Ser. & Boundary EE 672(A) Servomechanisms 3-4 Value Problems 4-0 EE 872(A) Elect. Mach. Design 4-0 EE 671(A) Transients 3-4 EE 971(A) Seminar 1-0 EE 871(A) Elect. Mach. Design 4-0 Ph 362(A) Electro. Waves 3-0 Ph 361(A) Electromagnetism 3-0 EE 972(A) Thesis 2-6 Total 14-4 Total 13-10 Third Term Fourth Term EE 873(A) Elect. Mach. Design 4-0 ME 217(C) Int. Comb. Engines 4-2 EE 971(A) Seminar 1-0 EE 971(A) Seminar 1-0 EE 972(A) Thesis 2-20 NE 103(C) Mar. Eng. Org 1-0 EE 972(A) Thesis 2-18 Total 7-20 Total 8-20 44 U. S. NAVAL POSTGRADUATE SCHOOL. 1951-1952 Metallurgical Engineering Laboratory, U. S. Naval Postgraduate School, Annapolis, Maryland. METALLURGICAL ENGINEERING METALLURGICAL CURRICULA — NM GROUPS The objective of these curricula is to provide the training necessary for a selected group of officers to be: (a) Capable of supervising and directing activities at the Standards Branch Bureau of Ships relating to metals and alloys. (b) To advise the Bureau of Ships of developments in metallurgy that may be of value in ship design, maintenance, and operation. (c) To be capable of directing and supervising research activities involving metals and alloys, and direct activities in Naval Establishments concerned with production, maintenance, and re- pair. FIRST YEAR (NM) First Term Second Term Ma 151(C) Intro, to Eng. Math 4-0 Ma 152(B) Diff. Equa. ^Boundary Ma 201(C) Graph. & Mech. Comp 0-2 Value Probs 4-0 Mc 101(C) Engineering Mechanics 1 3-0 Mc 102(C) Engineering Mechanics I 3-0 Ch 101(C) General Chem 3-2 Ch 221(C) Qual. Anal 3-2 EE 171(C) Electr. Circ. & Fields 3-4 ME 500(C) Str. of Mat 3-0 ME 601(C) Mat. Test Lab 0-2 EE 251(C) A. C. Circuits 3-4 Total 13-8 Total 16-8 PART II, CURRICULA 45 METALLURGICAL ENGINEERING (Continued) FIRST YEAR (NM) (Continued) Third Term Fourth Term /la 153(B) Vector Anal. & Intro, to Ma 154(A) Partial Diff. Eq. & Partial Dif. Eqs 3-0 Functions of Comp. Var 3-0 3h 231(C) Quant. Anal 2-4 Ch 61 1(C) Thermodynamics 3-2 Ih 411(C) Phys. Chem 3-2 Ch 412(C) Phys. Chem 2-2 At 201(C) Phys. Met 3-2 Mt 202(C) Phys. Met 3-2 »h 610(B) Atomic Physics 3-0 Mt 203(B) Phys. Met 2-2 Total 14-8 Total 13-8 ntersessional Field Trip. SECOND YEAR (NM2) First Term Second Term 3r 271(B) Cry. & X-ray 3-2 Mt 204(A) Phys. Met 3-4 bh 612(C) Thermodynamics 3-2 Mt 205(A) Adv. Phys. Met 3-4 vit 301(A) High Temp. Met 3-0 ME 711(C) Mech. of Mach 3-2 CE 314(C) D. C. & A.C. Mach 3-4 ME 42 1(C) Hydro. Mech 3-2 vlt 102(C) Prod, of Steel 3-0 *IE 101 Ind. Eng 0-1 Total 15-8 Total 12-13 Third Ter^n Fourth Jerm vlt 103(C) Prod, of Metals 3-0 Ma 301(B) Statistics 3-2 vlt 302(A) Alloy Steels 4-2 Mt 303(A) Met. Seminar 2-0 3h 521(A) Plastics 3-2 Mt 401(A) Phys. of Met 3-0 VIE 422(B) Hydromech 2-2 Mt 206(A) Adv. Phys. Met 3-2 WE 622( ) Exp. Stress Anal 2-2 Ch 531(A) Phys. Chem 3-0 *IE103 Ind. Eng 0-1 ME 3 1 0(B) Heat Transfer 3-2 *SL101 New Weapons 0-1 *IE 104 Human Eng 0-1 *SL 102 New Weapons 0-1 Total 14-8 Total 17-8 [ntersessional Field Trip for students selected for a third year. THIRD YEAR (NM3) At Carnegie Institute of Technology for selected students. Lecture course — no academic credit. PETROLEUM ENGINEERING NP Groups PETROLEUM CURRICULA — NP GROUPS Objective The objective of these curricula is, by means of practical and theoretical instruction, to qualify certain officers of the U. S. Navy in the technology of petroleum production, refining, and utiliza- tion of by-products therefrom, in preparation for future duties involving the development, prop- erties, uses, and application of fuels and lubricants in the Naval Establishment. 46 U. S. NAVAL POSTGRADUATE SCHOOL. 1951-1952 PETROLEUM ENGINEERING NP Groups (Continued) FIRST YEAR (NP) First Term Second Term Ma 171(C) Special Topics in Calc 3-0 Ma 172(C) Fourier Series 3 Ma 201(C) Graph & Mech. Comp 0-2 Ch 221(C) Qual. Anal 3 . . . . 3-0 1 1 Mc 101(C) Engineering Mechanics I Ch 1( ) Fuel & Oil Chem 2 Ch 101(C) General Chem 3-2 Ge 101(C) Phys. Geology 3 EE 171(C) Elect. Circ. & Fields 3-4 ME 500(C) Str. of Materials 3 ME 600(C) Mat. Test Lab Total 12-8 Total 14 Third Term Fourth Term Ch 231(C) Quant. Anal .'. 2-4 Ch 412(C) Phys. Chem 2 Ch 411(C) Phys. Chem 3-2 Ge 241(C) Geol. of Petrol 2 Ch 315(C) Org. Chem 3-4 Ge 401(C) Petrol. & Petrogr 2 Ge 302(C) Determ. Min 1-4 Mt 202(C) Phys. Met 3 Mt 201(C) Phys. Met 3-2 Cr 301(B) Cryst. & Min 3 Total 12-16 Total 12- Intersessional Field Trip. *Lecture course — no academic credit. SECOND YEAR (NP2) At Lehigh University Intersessional Field Trip for students selected for a third year. THIRD YEAR (NP3) At Lehigh University for selected students. PART II. CURRICULA 47 Ordnance Laboratory, U. S. Naval Postgraduate School, Annapolis, Maryland. ORDNANCE ENGINEERING CURRICULA The objective of all Ordnance Engineering curricula is to prepare officers for shore duty as- signments under the cognizance of the Bureau of Ordnance. This duty includes technical and technical administrative billets within the Bureau of Ordnance and in its field activities, which include the Naval Ordnance Test Stations, the Naval Proving Ground, the Naval Ordnance Lab- oratory, the Naval Ammunition Depots and Magazines, the Naval Gun Factory, the Naval Ord- nance Plants and the Naval Powder Factory. While the curricula are definitely pointed toward shore duty assignments in ordnance activities, the knowledge acquired will be of exceedingly great value in gunnery billets afloat. ORDNANCE ENGINEERING GENERAL ORDNANCE CURRICULA — O GROUPS Objective The objective of the Ordnance Engineering (General) curricula is to prepare officers for future duties as inspectors of ordnance material, to equip them to deal with problems of development and production in Bureau of Ordnance establishments, and to give them the basic technical edu- cation to become expert operators of ordnance equipment afloat. FIRST YEAR (O) First Term Second Term Ma 151(C) Intro, to Eng. Math 4-0 Ma 152(B) Diff. Equa. & Boundary Mc 101(C) Engineering Mechanics I . . . . 3-0 Value Probs 4-0 Ch 101(C) General Chem 3-2 Mc 102(C) Engineering Mechanics II ... . 3-0 EE 151(C) D. C. Circuits & Fields 3-4 Ch 71 1(C) Chem. Eng. Calc 3-2 Or 120(C) Surface Fire Control 2-0 EE 241(C) A. C. Circuits 3-2 Ph 250(C) Optics 3-2 IE 101 Prin. Indust. Org 0-1 Total 15-6 Total 16-7 948683 O—SI- 48 U. S. NAVAL POSTGRADUATE SCHOOL, 195 1-1952 ORDNANCE ENGINEERING (Continued) FIRST YEAR (O) (Continued) Third Term Fourth Term Ma 153(B) Vector Analysis & Intro, to Ma 154(A) Part. Diff. Eq. & Functions Part. Dif . Equations ...... 3-0 of Complex Variables 3-0 Ph 610(C) Atomic Physics 3-0 EE 462(B) Asyn. Motors & Spec. Ch 631(A) Chem. Eng. Thermo 3-2 Machines 4-2 EE 461(C) Transformers & Synchros . 3-2 Ph 450(B) Underwater Acoustics 3-2 Ma 301(B) Statistics 3-2 Ch 401(A) Physical Chem 3-2 Or 131(C) A. A. Fire Control 2-0 Mc 421(A) Interior Ballistics 2-0 *IE 103 Applied Indust. Org 0-1 Or 132(C) A. A. Fire Control 2-0 *SL 101 New Weapons Lect 0-1 *IE 104 Psychophysical Sys. Lect. . . . 0-1 *SL 102 New Weapons Lect 0-1 Total 17-8 Total 17-8 Intersessional Field Trip. Lecture course — no academic credit. SECOND YEAR (02) First Term Second Term ME 500(C) Strength of Materials 3-0 ME 441(C) Fluid Mechanics 3-2 ME 601(C) Mat. Test. Lab 0-2 Mt 202(C) Ferrous Phys. Met 3-2 Ch 541(A) Reaction Motors 2-2 EE 751(C) Electronics 3-4 Mt 201(C) Intro. Phys. Metallurgy 3-2 ME 542(B) Adv. Strength of Mat 3-0 EE 655(B) Filters, Lines & Transients . 4-2 Or 142(C) Guided Missile Guidance 2-0 Or 141(C) Guided Missiles 2-0 Total 14-8 Total 14-8 Third Term Fourth Term ME 442(A) Compressible Flow 3-2 ME 740(C) Kinematics & Mach. Design.. 3-2 Mt 203(B) Phys. Met 2-2 Mt 301(A) High Temp. Materials 3-0 EE 745(A) Electronic Control & Meas .. 3-3 EE 662(A) Servomechanisms 3-3 Es 447(C) Electronic Pulse Tech 3-0 Ch 521(A) Plastics 2-2 Mc 401(A) Exterior Ballistics 3-0 Mc 402(A) Dyn. of Rigid Body 3-0 Or 151(C) Underwater Ord 2-0 Or 152(C) Underwater Ord 2-0 *IE 103 Applied Ind. Org. Lect 0-1 *IE 104 Psycho. Sys. Res. Lect 0-1 *SL 101 . New Weapon Lect 0-1 *SL102 New Weapon Lect 0-1 Total 16-9 Total 16-9 Intersessional Field Trip. Lecture course — no academic credit. THIRD YEAR (03) At M. I. T. Fall Term Spring Term 16.40 Space Kin. & Gyro. Inst. Theory 16.42 Adv. F.C. Inst. 16.41 Intro, to F. C. Inst. 16. 46 Adv. F. C. Lab. 16.43 F. C. Inst. Lab. 6. 292 Princ. of Radar 6.291 Princ. of Radar - - Thesis 6. 536 Mech. Computation - - Thesis PART II. CURRICULA 49 ORDNANCE ENGINEERING (Continued) JET PROPULSION ORDNANCE CURRICULA — OJ GROUPS Objective The objective of these curricula is to prepare officers for duties in connection with research and development in the ordnance specialization indicated above. FIRST YEAR (OJ) First Term Second Term Ma 1 51(C) Intro, to Eng. Math 4-0 Ma 152(B) Diff. Equa. & Boundary Mc 101(C) Engineering Mechanics I . . . . 3-0 Value Probs 4-0 Ch 101(C) Gen'l Chem 3-2 Mc 102(C) Engineering Mechanics II .... 3-0 EE 151(C) DC Circuits & Fields 3-4 Ch 711(C) Chem. Eng. Calc 3-2 Or 120(C) Surface F. C 2-0 EE 241(C) A. C. Circuits 3-2 Ae 100(C) Basic Aerodynamics 3-4 Ae 001(C) Aero. Lectures 0-2 *IE101 Prin. Indust. Org 0-1 Total 15-6 Total 16-11 Third Term Fourth Term Ma 153(B) Vector Analysis & Intro, to Ma 154(C) Partial Diff. Eq. & Partial Diff. Eqs 3-0 Functions of Complex Var. ... 3-0 Ch 631(A) Chem. Eng. Thermo .... 3-2 Ch 401(A) Physical Chem 3-2 EE 461(C) Transformer & Synchros 3-2 EE 462(b) Asychronous Motors Ma 301(B) Statistics 3-2 Special Machines 4-2 Ae 121(C) Tech. Aerodynamics .... 3-2 Mc 421(A) Interior Ballistics 2-0 *SL 101 New Weapons Lect 0-1 Ae 136(B) Aircraft Performance 3-2 IE 103 Applied Indust. Org 0-1 SL 102 New Weapons Lect 0-1 IE 104 Psychophysical Sys. Lect.... 0-1 Total 15-10 Total 15-8 Inter sessional Field Trip. SECOND YEAR (OJ2) First Term Second Term ME 500(C) Strength of Material 3-0 Me 542(C) Strength of Materials 3-0 ME 601(C) Mets. Testing Lab 0-2 EE 751(C) Electronics 3-4 Ch 541(A) Reaction Motors 2-2 Mt 202(C) Ferrous Phys. Met 3-2 Mt 201(C) Intro. Phys. Met 3-2 Ae 502(A) Hydro-Aero Mech. II 4-0 Ae 501(A) Hydro-Aero-Mechanics 4-0 Or 142(C) Guided Missile Guidance 2-0 Or 141(C) Guided Missiles 2-0 Total 14-6 Total 15-6 Third Term Fourth Term Mt 203(B) Phys. Met 2-2 Mt 310(A) High Temp. Met 3-0 EE 745(A) Electronic Control & Meas. . . 3-3 EE 662(A) Servomechanism 3-3 Mc 401(A) Exterior Ballistics 3-0 Mc 402(A) Dynamics & Missiles & Ae 503(A) Compressibility 4-0 Gyros 3-0 Or 151(C) Underwater Ord 2-0 Me 740(C) Kinematic & Mach. Design . . . 3-2 Or 131(C) AAFC 2-0 Ch 301(C) Organic Chem 3-2 SI 101 New Weapons Lect - - Or 152(C) Underwater Ord 2-0 IE 103 Applied Indust. Org - - SI 102 New Weapons Lect - - IE 104 Psychophysical System - - Total 16-5 Total 17-7 Intersessional Field Trip Lecture course — no academic credit. 50 U- S. NA^AL POSTGRADUATE SCHOOL, 1951-1952 JET PROPULSION ORDNANCE (Continued) THIRD YEAR (OJ3) At Cal. Inst, of Technology First Term Second Term Third Term AE 261 Hydrodynamics Same as Same as AE 272 Precision Meas. AE 290 Aeronautics Seminar First First JP 121 Rockets JP 130 Thermal Jets Term Term JP 170 Jet Prop. Lab. JP 200 Chem. Probs. in Jet Prop. JP 210 High Temp. Design Probs. JP 280 Research Jet Probs. METALLURGICAL ORDNANCE CURRICULA — OM GROUPS Objective The objective of these curricula is to prepare officers for duties in connection with research and development in the ordnance specialization indicated above. FIRST YEAR (OM) First Term Second Term Ma 151(C) Intro. Eng. Math 4-0 Ma 152(B) Diff. Equa. & Boundary Mc 101(C) Statics & Kinematics 3-0 Value Probs 4-0 Ch 101(C) Gen'l. Chem 3-2 Ch 221(C) Qual. Analysis 3-2 EE 151(C) Elec. & Mag 3-4 Ph 610(C) Atomic Physics 3-0 Or 120(C) Surface F. C 2-0 EE 241(C) A. C. Theory 3-2 ME 500(C) Strength of Mat 3-0 ME 601(C) Materials Testing Lab 0-2 *IE 101 Princ. Indust. Org. Lect.... 0-1 Total 15-6 Total 16-7 Third Term Fourth Term Ma 153(B) Vector Analysis & Intro, to Ma 154(A) Partial Diff. Eq. i on Partial Diff. Eq 3-0 of Complex Var 3-0 Ch 231(C) Quantitative Analysis 2-4 Mt 203(B) Phys. Met. (Special topic) .. . 2-2 Ch 411(C) Phys. Chem 3-2 Ch 412(C) Phys. Chem 3-2 Mt 201(C) Intro. Phys. Met 3-2 Mt 202(C) Ferrous Phys. Met 3-2 EE 461(C) Transformers & Synchros. . . 3-2 EE 462(B) Asynchronous Motor & *SL 101 New Weapons Lect ...... 0-1 Special Machines 4-2 *IE 103 Applied Indust. Org. Lect... 0-1 *SL 102 New Weapons Lect 0-1 *IE 104 Psycho. Systems Res 0-1 Total 14-12 Total 15-10 Intersessional Field Trip Lecture course — no academic credit. PART II, CURRICULA 51 METALLURGICAL ORDNANCE (Continued) SECOND YEAR (OM2) First Term Second Term Mt 102(C) Production of Steel 3-0 Mt 205(A) Adv. Phys. Met 3-4 Mt 301(A) High Temp. Materials 3-0 Mt 204(A) Phys. Met 3-4 Cr 271(B) Crystal & X-Ray Tech 3-2 ME 542(C) Adv. Strength of Mat 3-0 Ph 240(C) Optics 3-3 EE 751(C) Electronics (Basic) 3-4 EE 665(B) Filters Trans. Lines & Transients 4-2 Total 16-7 Total 12-12 Third Term Fourth Term Mt 103(C) Production non-ferrous Mt 401(A) Physics of .Metals 3-0 Metals 3-0 Ch 531(A) Phys. Chem. of Met 2-0 Mt 302(A) Alloy Steels 4-2 Mt 303(A) Metals Seminar 2-0 Ch 521(A) Plastics 2-2 Mt 206(A) Adv. Phys. Met 3-2 ME 622(B) Exp Stress Analysis 2-2 Ma 301(B) Statistics & Qual. Con 3-2 EE 745(A) Electronic Control & Meas. . . 3-3 EE 662(A) Servomechanisms 3-3 *SL 101 New Weapons Lect 0-1 *SL 102 New Weapons Lect 0-1 *IE 103 Applied Indus. Org. Lect.... 0-1 *IE 104 Psycho. Sys. Res. Lect 0-1 Total 14-11 Total 16-9 *Lecture — no academic credit. Inter sessional Field Trip THIRD YEAR (OM3) At Carnegie Inst, of Technology First Semester Second Semester GE 655a Met. Problems GE 655b Met. Problems GE 664a Adv. Phys. Met. GE 664a Adv. Phys. Met. GE 657a Alloy Steels GE 657b Alloy steels GE 674a Grad. Seminar GE 674b Grad. Seminar GE 663 Crystallography GE 660 Phys. Chem. of Met. Reactions GE 697 Ordnance Met. GE 663c Radiography E 651 Mechanical Met. E 647 Non-ferrous Metallograph E 647 Non Ferrous Metallog. E 641 Ferrous Metallog. (audit) E 630 Ferrous Metallurgy (audit) CHEMICAL ORDNANCE CURRICULA — OP GROUPS Objective The objective of these curricula is to prepare officers for duties in connection with research and development in the ordnance specialization indicated above. 1951-1952 52 U. S. NAVAL POSTGRADUATE SCHOOL, CHEMICAL ORDNANCE (Continued) FIRST YEAR (OP) First Term Second Term Diff. Equa. and Boundary Ma 151(C) Intro. Eng. Math 4-0 Ma' 152(B) 3-0 Value Probs 4-0 Mc 101(C) Engineering Mechanics I Strength of Materials 3-0 Ch 101(C) Gen'l Chem 3-2 ME 500(C) Materials Testing Lab 0-2 EE 151(C) Elec. & Mag 3-4 ME 601(C) Analysis 3-2 Cr 120(C) Surface F. C 2-0 Ch 221(C) Qual. Ch 71 1(C) Chem. Eng. Calc 3-2 EE 241(C) A. C. Theory.. 3-3 0-1 *IE 101 Princ. Indust. Org. Lect . . . . 16-10 Total 15-6 Total Third Term Fourth Term 153(B) Vector Analysis & Intro, to Ma 154(A) Partial Diff. Eq. & Ma 3-0 Partial Diff. Eq 3-0 Function of Complex Var .... 3-2 Ch 231(C) Quantitative Analysis .... 2-4 Ch 611(C) Thermodynamics 3-2 312(C) Organic Chem 3-2 Ch 3 1 1 (C) Organic Chem Ch 3-2 Ch 411(C) Phys. Chem 3-2 Ch 412(C) Phys. Chem 461(C) Transformer & Synchros 3-2 EE 462(B) Asynchronous Motors & EE 4-2 *SL 101 New Weapons Lect 0-1 Special Machines 0-1 IE 103 Applied Indust. Org. Lee 0-1 *SL 102 New Weapons Lect *IE 104 Psychro. Sys. Res. Lect.... 0-1 Total 14-12 Total 16-10 SECOND YEAR (OP2) First Term Second Term 2-2 Ch 541(A) Reactions Motors 2-2 Ch 413(A) Adv. Phys. Chem 3-2 Ch 612(C) Thermodynamics Tech 3-2 Mt 202(C) Ferrous Phys. Met 3-4 Cr 271(B) Crystallography & X-ray .... 3-2 EE 751(C) Electronics (Basic) 3-2 Mt 201(C) Intro. Phys. Met 3-2 Ph 250(C) Optics 3-0 EE 665(B) Filters, Transmission Ph 610(C) Atomic Physics Lines & Transients 4-2 Total 15-10 Total 14-10 Third Term Fourth Term 3-2 Ch 521(A) Plastics 2-2 Ma 301(B) Statistics & Qual. Cont Servomechanisms 3-3 745(A) Electronic Cont. & Meas. . . . 3-3 EE 662(A) EE 2-0 111(A) Fuel & Oil Chem 2-2 Ch 800(A) Chem. Seminar Ch 3-2 Ch 323(A) Chem. of High Polymers 3-0 Ch 322(A) Adv. Organic Chem 2-0 Ch 321(A) Organic Qual. Analysis 3-2 Or 152(C) Underwater Ord 0-1 Or 151(C) Underwater Ord 2-0 *SL 1 02 New Weapons Lect 0-1 *SL 101 New Weapons Lect 0-1 *IE 104 Psycho. Sys. Res. Lect *IE 103 Applied Indus. Eng. Lect ... 0-1 Total 15-11 Total 13-9 Intersessional Field Trip Lecture course — no academic credit. PART II, CURRICULA 53 CHEMICAL ORDNANCE (Continued) THIRD YEAR (OP3) At Lehigh University. First Semester Second Semester Chem. 220 Adv. Phys. Chem. Chem. 221 Adv. Phys. Chem. Chem. 157 Qual. Organic Anal. Chem. 158 Adv. Organic Chem. Chem. 202 Adv. Inorganic Chem. Chem. 232 Adv. Analytical Chem. Chem. 2-- Chem. Research Chem. 2-- Chem. Research Ph. 160 Intro, to Modern Ph. 161 Intro, to Modern Phys. Theories Phys. Theories SPECIAL PHYSICS ORDNANCE CURRICULA — OX GROUPS Objective The objective of these curricula is to prepare officers for duties in connection with research and development in the ordnance specialization indicated above. FIRST YEAR (OX) Summer Term Fall Term Es 111(C) D. C. Electricity 4-4 Es 112(C) A. C. Electricity 4-3 Ma 181(C) Directional Derivations Ma 182(B) Dif. Eqs. & Vect. Anal 5-0 & Line Intervals 5-0 Ph 141(B) Analytical Mech 4-0 Mr 101(C) Atmos. Circulation 3-0 Or 142(C) Guided Missiles Guid 2-0 Ch 101(C) Gen. Inorganic Chem 3-2 Ph 250(C) Optics 3-2 Or 141(C) Guided Missiles 2-0 Total 17-6 Total 18-5 Winter Term Spring Term Ma 183(B) Comp. Var. & Diff. Eqs. Ma 194(A) Matrices, Laplace of Theoretical Physics 5-0 Transforms. & Variations . . . 5-0 EE 451(C) Transformers Synchros .. 2-2 & EE 651(B) Servomech. & Transients. . . . 3-4 Es 113(C) Circuit Anal. & Meas 3-3 Es 114(C) Circuit Anal. & Meas. 3-3 Es 261(C) Electron Tubes & Cir 3-2 Es 262(C) Electron Tubes & Cir 3-2 *SL 101 New Weapons Dev. Lect . . . . 0-1 *SL 102 New Weapons Dev. Lect 0-1 Ph 142(B) Analytical Mechanics 4-0 Total 17-8 Total 14-10 SECOND YEAR (OX2) At M. I. T. Summer Term First Half Second Half 8. 071 Thermo. & Statist. Mech. 6. 80 Elec. Meas. Lab. 6.20 Elect. Cont. & Meas. 8. 08 Electronics Intersessional Field Trip Lecture course — no academic credit. 54 0. S. NAVAL POSTGRADUATE SCHOOL. 1&51-1952 SPECIAL PHYSICS ORDNANCE (Continued) SECOND YEAR (OX2) (Continued) Fall Term Spring Term 6. 623 Pulse Circuits Prin. 8. 101T Atomic Structure Lab. 8.71 Int. to The o. Physics I 8. 72 Int. to Theo. Physics II LI 7 Scientific German 8. 102 Electronic Devices Lab. 6. 561 Network Theory Adv. 8. 06 Nuclear Physics 8. 05 Atomic Physics 6. 633 Electronic Circuit Theory Intersessional Field Trip THIRD YEAR (OX3) At M. I. T. Fall Term Spring Term 8. 511 Nuclear Physics I 8. 512 Nuclear Physics II 8. 57 Int. to Nuclear Engineering 8.513 Nuclear Physics Lab. 8. 60T Spec. Prob. in Nuclear Physics Thesis 8. 361 Quantrum Theory of Matter OPERATIONS ENGINEERING OPERATIONS ANALYSIS CURRICULA — RO GROUPS Objective The objective of these curricula is to further educate selected officers in general engineering and science, in basic principles of operations research, and in the application of those principles to naval problems. Operations research may be defined as "a scientific method of providing commanders with a quantitative basis for decisions regarding operations under their control. " Field work in this course will consist of active participation in the solving of current problems under the direction of Commander Operational Development Force. FIRST YEAR (RO) First Term Second Term Ma 181(C) Directional Derivatives & Ma 182(B) Dif. Eqs. & Vector Line Intervals 5-0 Analysis 5-0 Ma 251(C) Graphical and Mech. Comp . . 0-4 Ma 381(B) Probability 1 4-0 Ph 240(C) Geom. Optics and Phys. Opt. 3-3 Ph 141(B) Mechanics 4-0 Ch 101(C) General Chemistry 3-2 Ph 341(C) Electricity & Mag 4-2 Or 120(C) Surface Fire Control 2-0 Total 13-9 Total 17-2 Third Term Fourth Term Ma 183(B) Complex Variable & Dif. Ma 184(A) Matrices, Tensors & Eqs. of Theoretical Physics. . 5-0 Variations 5-0 Ph 142(B) Mechanics 4-0 Ph 362(A) Electromagnetic. Waves 3-0 Ph 361(A) Electromagnetism 3-0 Ph 640(B) Atomic Physics 3-3 Ma 382(A) Probability II 2-0 Oa 101(A) Applications of Probability & Oa 100(A) Classical Prob. in Kinematics to Operations Operations Analysis 2-0 Analy. 5-0 Or 131(A) A. A. Fire Control 2-0 Or 132(C) A. A. Fire Control 2-0 *IE 104 Psycho. Sys. Research 0-1 Total 18-0 Total 18-4 Intersessional Period — Six Weeks Practical Work. ^Lecture course — no academic credit. PART II, CURRICULA 55 OPERATIONS ENGINEERING (Continued) SECOND YEAR (R02) First Term Second Term Ph 421(A) Acoustics 3-0 Ph 425(A) Acoustics 3-2 Ph 530(B) Thermodynamics 3-0 Es 446(C) Introduction to Radar 2-2 Ma 581(A) Theory of Games ' 4-0 Ph 540(B) Kinetic Theory 3-0 Ma 383(A) Statistics 2-3 Oa 103(A) Formulation & Solution of Oa 102(A) Measures of Operational Real Problems in Effectiveness & Effort 4-0 Operations Analysis 5-3 Or 151(C) Underwater Ordnance 2-0 Or 152(C) Underwater Ordnance 2-0 . Total 18-3 Total 15-7 Six Months Practical Work RADIOLOGICAL DEFENSE ENGINEERING RADIOLOGICAL. DEFENSE ENGINEERING CURRICULA — RZ GROUPS Objective The objective of these curricula is to qualify officers of the armed services in the fundamental sciences especially in those pertaining to nuclear and medical physics and in those associated with the problems that arise from the application of atomic energy. FIRST YEAR (RZ) Summer Term Fall Term Ma 181(C) Directional Derivatives Ma 182(B) Dif. Eqs. and and Line Intervals 5-0 Vector Anal 5-0 Ph 240(C) Geom. & Phys. Optics 3-3 Ph 141(B) Analytical Mechanics 4-0 Ch 102(C) Gen. Inorganic Chem 4-2 Ph 341(C) Electricity & Magnetism 4-2 Mr 101(C) Atmosph. Circulation 3-0 Ch 213(C) Quantitative Analysis 3-4 Total 15-5 Total 16-6 Winter Term Spring Term Ma 183(B) Complex Var. & Dif. Eqs. Ma 184(A) Matrices, Tensors & of Theoretical Physics 5-0 Variations 5-0 Ph 342(B) Electricity & Magnet 3-3 Ph 343(B) Electricity & Magnet 3-0 Ph 142(B) Analytical Mechanics 4-0 Ph 640(B) Atomic Physics 3-3 Ch 315(C) Organic Chem 3-4 Ch 442(C) Physical Chem 4-2 Ph 540(B) Kinetic Theory of Gases 3-0 Total 15-7 Total 18-5 SECOND YEAR (RZ2) At Univ. of Calif. Summer Term First Session Second Session Zoology 1A General Zoology Physiology 113 Adv. Physio. Physiology 1A General Physiology 56 U- S. NAVAL POSTGRADUATE SCHOOL, 1951-1952 RADIOLOGICAL DEFENSE ENGINEERING (Continued) SECOND YEAR (RZ2) At Univ. of Calif. Fall Semester spring Semester Ph 121 Intro, to Atomic Structure Ph 124 Radioactivity & Nuclear Struct. Ph 128 & 128L Radiation Meas. Biochem 103 Animal Biochemistry Chem 123 Nuclear Chemistry Biochem 206 Phy. Biochem. Phys 100A (General & Comparative Ph 126 & 126L Biological Applications of (Physiology Artificial Radioactivity Pharmacology 142 - Pharmacology Bact. 7 Gen'l Bacteriology Intersessional Field Trip. THIRD YEAR (RZ3) At Univ. of Calif. Fall Semester Spring Semester Ph 231 A Adv. Quantum Mech. & Ph 231 B Adv. Quantum Mech. & Nuclear Physics Nuclear Physics Ph 290 Seminar Ph 290 Seminar Pub Hlth 288 Public Health, Disaster Control Phys 100D Gen'l Physiology Chem. Rad. or extension of Ph 290 Final Comprehensive Exam. SECOND YEAR (RZ2) At Ohio State University Summer Quarter Zoology 401 General Zoology Physics 726 Methods of Theoretical Physics Physics 727 Methods of Quantum Mechanics I Bacteriology 607 General Bacteriology Autumn Quarter Physics 721 Nuclear Physics Physics . 740 Introduction to Theoretical Physics Physiology 601 Advanced Physiology Anatomy Histology Winter Quarter Physics 741 Introduction to Theoretical Physics Physiol. 602 Advanced Physiology Physiol. 646 Radiation Physiology Spring Quarter Physics 613 Electromagnetic Field Phenomena Physiol. 603 Advanced Physiology Physics 633 Nucleonic Meas.& Instrument Elective Intersessional Field Trip. PART II, CURRICULA 57 RADIOLOGICAL DEFENSE ENGINEERING (Continued) THIRD YEAR (RZ3) At Ohio State University Autumn Quarter Physics 720 X-rays and Atomic Structures Physics 950 Research in Physics Physiol. 628 Physical Chem. Biology Winter Quarter Physics 820 Theory of the Atomic Nucleus Physics 950 Research in Physics Chem. 795 Celloid Chem. Spring Quarter Physics 821 Theory of the Atomic Nucleu- Physics 950 Research in Physics Physiol. 645 Biophysics 58 V. S. NAVAL POSTGRADUATE SCHOOL. 1951-195 2 PART m COURSE DESCRIPTIONS Descriptive name of course is followed by two numbers, separated by a hyphen. The first number is classroom hours, the second laboratory hours. THE STATUS OF A COURSE IS INDICATED BY A LETTER IN PARENTHESES AFTER THE COURSE NUMBER AS FOLLOWS: (A) Full graduate course (B) Partial graduate course (C) Undergraduate course One term credit-hour is given for each hour of lecture or recitation, and half of this a- mount for each hour of laboratory work. A term credit-hour is equivalent to two-thirds of the conventional semester credit-hour. . PART III. COURSE DESCRIPTIONS 59 AEROLOGY Mr Courses Fundamentals of Atmospheric Upper-Air Analysis and Circulation Mr- 101(C) Forecasting Mr -227(B Radiological Defense Mr- 110(C) Southern Hemisphere and Introduction to Synoptic Tropical Meteorology Mr -228(A Meteorolqgy Mr-200(C) Selected Topics in Applied Weather Maps and Codes Mr-ZOl(C) Meteorology Mr -229(A Surface Weather Map Analysis Operational Forecasting Mr -230(A and Forecasting Mr-202(C) Synoptic Meteorology I Mr -301(C Weather Analysis and Synoptic Meteorology II Mr -302(C Forecasting Mr-203(C) Dynamic Meteorology I Mr--321(A Advanced Weather Analysis Dynamic Meteorology II Mr--322(A and Forecasting Mr-204(C) Dynamic Meteorology III Mr--32 3(A Upper-Air Analysis Mr-205(C) Meteorological Charts and Introduction to Synoptic Diagrams Mr--402(C Meteorology Mr-210(C) Physical Meteorology Mr--403(C Weather Maps and Codes Mr-211(C) Wave, Swell, and Surf Surface Weather Map Analysis . . . Mr-212(C) Forecasting Mr--404(C Map Analysis and Forecasting . . . Mr-213(C) Meteorological Instruments Mr--410(C Weather Analysis and Thermodynamics of Forecasting Mr-214(C) Meteorology Mr--411(B Weather Analysis and Physical Meteorology Mr--412(A Forecasting Mr-221(B) Wave, Swell, and Surf Weather Analysis and Forecasting Mr--420(A Forecasting Mr-222(B) The Upper Atmosphere Mr--422(A Advanced Weather Analysis Climatology Mr--510(C and Forecasting Mr-223(B) Climatology and Oceanography . . Mr--520(B Advanced Weather Analysis Seminar Mr--810(C and Forecasting Mr-224(B) Thesis I Mr- 921(A Upper-Air Analysis Mr-225(B) Thesis II Mr- 922(A Advanced Weather Analysis Thesis III Mr- 923(A and Forecasting Mr-226(B) Mr-101(C) Fundamentals of Atmospheric 3-0 Mr-200(C) Introduction to Synoptic 3-0 Circulation Meteorology This course serves as an introductory course This course serves as a preparation for ad- in Meteorology, especially as it concerns vanced study of synoptic meteorology. It is large-and small-scale circulations, and the primarily an introduction to synoptic meteor- variations of these with height. It is designed ology as a survey course, considering in turn primarily to give student officers in related the composition of the atmosphere, general subjects the required meteorological back- circulation, air masses and air-mass changes, grounds, and, at the same time, to outline fronts, cyclones and anti-cyclones, weather possible inter-relationships between the sub- analysis and weather forecasting. jects. Text: Introduction to Synoptic Meteorology; Text: Introduction of Meteorology; Petters- Petterssen. sen. Prerequisites: None. Prerequisites: None. Mr-201(C) Weather Maps and Codes 2-12 Mr-llO(C) Radiological Defense 2-0 This course is concerned with the problems This course is devoted to discussions of ex- of observing, transmitting, and preparing for plosion phenomena, the effects of blast and analysis the facts of the state of the atmos- radiation, the aerological problem of fall-out, phere. It therefore considers the methods, decontamination, and organization and train- instruments, and conventions used in observing; ing for radiological defense, the principle of the reduction of the observed facts into short operation and use of various instruments for coded messages; and the decoding and plotting measuring radiation intensity and dosage. of the date on the standard charts used for Text: USF 85 weather analysis. A series of lectures and Prerequisites: Ph- 190(c); Mr-302(c); for motion pictures is presented to give the student MA group. Mr-323(A) for M2 and MW2. officers an outline of the principles of meteor- 60 U. S. NAVAL POSTGRADUATE SCHOOL, 1951-1952 ology. Finally, the students analyze an idealized Mr-205(C) Upper Air Analysis 0-10 and a six-hourly series of weather maps. The course is devoted entirely to upper-air Texts: Hydrographic Office Publication H. O. analysis (supplemented by surface map anal- 206: U. S. Weather Bureau-Circulars "S" ysis in Mr-204(C) including constant-pressure and "N", Radiosonde Code, International Code: analysis, cross-sections, etc. Aerographer's Manual, Text: None. Prerequisites: None. Prerequisites: Mr -302(C); Mr-203(C); Mr- 403(C). Mr-202(C) Surface Weather Map 2-12 Analysis and Forecasting Mr-210(C) Introduction to Synoptic 5-0 The principles of surface weather map anal- Meteorology ysis are demonstrated by having the students This course is a survey of synoptic meteor- analyze current daily weather charts; corre- ology, designed to serve as a preparation for late upper wind data with the surface charts; study of the various topics considered in sub- observe the local surface weather elements; sequent advanced courses in meteorology, and discuss the map analysis; and make trial as a preparation for laboratory study of weath- forecasts. er map analysis and forecasting. It studies Text: Handbook of Meteorology; Berry, successively the thermodynamic properites of Bollay, Beers: Practical Aids in Weather Map air and water vapor; the radioactive properties Analysis; Lockhart: Weather Analysis and of the earth and its atmosphere; the general Forecasting; Petterssen. circulation of the atmosphere and of the oceans; Prerequisites: Mr -200(C); Mr -20 1(C). and the major aspects of air-mass and frontal analysis. Mr-203(C) Weather Analysis and 2-12 Texts: Descriptive Meteorology; Willett: Forecasting Handbook of Meteorology; Berry, Bollay, This course is a continuation of course Beers. Mr-202(C). More advanced methods of current Prerequisite: None. weather map analysis and forecasting are presented; and emphasis is placed on the ap- Mr-211(C) Weather Maps and Codes 2-6 plication of analysis and forecast techniques This course is ooncerned with the problems previously presented in the theoretical courses. of observing, transmitting, and preparing for The students are taught the usefulness of upper analysis the facts of the state of the atmos- air observations in determining air-»mass phere. It therefore considers the methods, characteristics, movements, etc. Daily fore- instruments, and conventions used in observ- casts and map discussions are included. ing and the reduction of the observed facts in- Texts: Handbook of Meteorology; Berry, to short coded messages; the decoding and Bollay, Beers: Constant Pressure Analysis; plotting of the data on the standard charts NavAer 50-1R-177: Constant Pressure and used for weather analysis. A series of lec- Differential Analysis; Haltiner, Eaton: A Col- tures and motion pictures in presented to give lection and Evaluation of Weather Forecasting the student officers an outline of the principles Rules; NavAer 50-1R-204. of meteorology. Prerequisites: Mr-202(C); Mr-30l(C); Mr- Texts: Hydrographic Office Publication 402(C). H.O. 206; U. S. Weather Bureau - Circulars 'S' and 'N', Radiosonde Code, International Mr-204(C) Advanced Weather Analysis 0-15 Code: Aerographer's Manual. and Forecasting Prerequisites: None. This course is a continuation of course Mr-203(C). The student officers are taught to Mr-212(C) Surface Weather Map 1-12 analyze and forecast the weather in accordance Analysis with the most advanced applied methods, using The first principles of surface weather map all available sources of information, including analysis are demonstrated by having the student the surface maps, upper-level charts, wind- analyze an idealized series of weather maps aloft dats, and meteorograph and radiosonde based upon weather observations in the United observations. The course is coordinated with States. This series is accompanied by a written course Mr-205(C), where in the upper level discussion of each map, giving the criteria to be charts are drawn, and differential analysis, applied for acceptable analysis. A sequence cross-sections and prognostic charts are pre- of maps, at six-hourly intervals, is next pared. In addition, the students are required analyzed in order to develop concepts of his- to analyze special weather sequences for se- torical sequence and movement and develop- lected localities of the world. ment of systems. This concerns data for Text: None North America and the Eastern and Western Prerequisites: Mr-203(C); Mr-302(C); Mr- approaches thereto. The latter portion of the 403(C). course is devoted to daily analysis of the cur- PART III, COURSE DESCRIPTIONS 61 rent weather charts, including ocean areas; Mr-222(B) Weather Analysis and 0-12 correlation of upper winds with the surface Forecasting data; practical observations of local weather A continuation of Course Mr-221(B). elements; group discussions of the map anal- Text: None. ysis; and trial forecasting. Prerequisites: Mr-22i(B); Mr-322(A). Texts: Handbook of Meteorology; Berry, Bollay, Beers: Practical Aids in Weather Map Mr-223(B) Advanced Weather Analysis 0-9 Analysis; Lockhart: Weather Analysis and and Forecasting Forecasting; Petterssen. A continuation of Course Mr -222(C) with the Prerequisites: Mr-2ll(C). addition of surf and swell forecasting. Text: None. Mr-213(C) Map Analysis and 0-9 Prerequisites: Mr-222(B); Mr-229(A); Mr- Forecasting 323(A). This course is a continuation of Course advanced methods of current Mr-212(C). More Mr-224(B) Advanced Weather Analysis 0-15 weather analysis and forecasting are pre- map and Forecasting sented. The air-mass and frontal concepts This course is a continuation of Course Mr- are stressed, and the application of analysis 22 3(C). The student officers are taught to and forecast techniques previously presented analyze and forecast the weather in accordance in the theoretical Course Mr-2 10(C) are brought with the most advanced methods, using all out. available sources of information, including the None. Text: surface maps, local conditions, upper-level Prerequisites: Mr-212(C); Mr-210(C). charts, winds aloft, and meteor graph and radiosonde observations. The course is co- Mr-214(C) Weather Analysis and 2-9 ordinated with Course -225(B) wherein the Forecasting Mr upper-level charts are drawn, and differential This is a continuation of Course Mr-213(C). analyses, cross-sections andprognostic charts The students are taught the usefulness of are prepared. In addition, the students are upper-air observations in determining air- required to analyze special weather sequences mass characteristics, movements, etc. ; and for selected localities of the world. the correlation of these observations with the Text: None. surface map analysis and the forecasts. This, Prerequisite: Mr-223(B). together with additional surface analysis tech- niques and practical applications of the tech- nical course Mr- 321(A) introduces the students Mr-225(B) Upper- Air Analysis 0-10 to three-dimensional weather analysis. Map The course is devoted entirely to upper -air discussions and practices forecasting are analysis (supplemented by surface map analysis continued. in Mr-224(B) including constant-pressure Texts: Handbook of Meteorology; Berry, analysis, cross-sections, etc.) Bollay, Beers: Weather Analysis and Fore- Text: None. casting; Petterssen: Constant Pressure Anal- Prerequisite: Mr -22 3(B). ysis; NavAer 50-1R-177: Constant Pressure and Differential Analyses; Haltiner and Eaton: Mr-226(B) Advanced Weather Analysis 2-9 NavAer 50-1R-216. and Forecasting Prerequisites: Mr-213(C); Mr-4ll(B). Basic principles of weather map analysis are reviewed and more advanced methods of map Mr-221(B) Weather Analysis and 2-9 analysis and forecasting are presented. Stu- Forecasting dents are taught the usefulness of upper air This course continues the instruction given observations in determining air-mass charac- in Course Mr-214(C). The students are re- teristics, movement of pressure systems, quired to become familiar with upper-level etc. The concept of three-dimensional weather charts, and prepare surface prognostic charts. analysis is stressed by the use of upper level These are correlated with the surface map charts and differential analyses. Group dis- analysis to give a three-dimensional analysis. cussion of the map analysis, and practice The weather analysis discussions and fore- forecasts are included. casts are continued. Texts: Handbook of Meteorology; Berry, Texts: Handbook of Meteorology; Berry, Bollay, and Beers, Weather Analysis and Bollay, Beers: Weather Analysis and Fore- Forecasting: Petterssen, Constant Pressure casting; Petterssen; A Collection and Evalua- Analysis: NavAer 50-1R-177, Constant Pres- tion of Weather Forecasting Rules; NavAer sure and Differential Analysis: Haltiner and 50-1R-204. Eaton, NavAer 50-1R-216. Prerequisites: Mr-214(C); Mr-321(A); Mr- Prerequisites: Mr-411(B); Mr-520(C); Mr- 412(A). 204(C) and Mr-205(C) or equivalent. 62 U. S. NAVAL POSTGRADUATE SCHOOL, 195 1-1952 Mr-227(B) Upper Air Analysis and 2-9 Mr-301(C) Synoptic Meteorology I 5-0 Forecasting This course deals with the fundamental theo- This course continues the instruction begun retical concepts of synoptic meteorology, in course Mr-226(B). The students analyze covering air-mass and frontal characteristics, upper air (constant pressure) charts, make wind and pressure systems, the general circu- differential analyses, and prepare prognostic lation, climatology, and oceanography. surface and upper air charts using three- Texts: Weather Analysis and Forecasting; dimensional techniques. Analyses of radio- Petterssen: Handbook of Meteorology; Berry, sonde observations are carried out to determine Bollay, Beers. the stability of the atmosphere, and atmospheric Prerequisites: Mr-200(C); Ph-190 (C); Ma- cross-sections are analyzed. Discussions of 161(C). the analyses and practice forecasts are con- tinued. Mr-302(C) Synoptic Meteorology II 5-0 Texts: Handbook of Meteorology: Berry, This course is a continuation of Mr-301(C), Bollay, and Beers, Weather Analysis and covering such topics as the thermal wind, Forecasting: Petterssen, A Collection and differential analysis, the mechanism of pres- Evaluation of Weather Forecasting Rules, sure changes; stability and instability, South- NavAer 50-1R-204. ern Hemisphere and tropical synoptic meteor- Prerequisites: Mr-226(B); Mr-321(A); Mr- ology, long range and single -station forecasting. 412(A); Mr-229(A). Texts: Weather Analysis and Forecasting; Petterssen: Handbook of Meteorology; Berry, Mr-228(A) Southern Hemisphere and 2-0 Bollay, Beers. Tropical Meteorology Prerequisites: Mr- 301(C); Mr-402(C); Mr- The course consists of lectures and reading 162(C). assignments dealing with the synoptic aspects of Southern Hemisphere meteorology, tropical Mr-321(A) Dynamic Meteorology I 3-0 synoptic models (with particular emphasis on The course consists of lectures and concur- the tropical cyclone), and tropicalforecasting. rent reading assignments from the texts on Texts: Handbook of Meteorology; Berry, the following topics: scalar and vector fields; Bollay, Beers: Climatology; Haurwitz, Austin, surfaces of discontinuity; solenoids and the Prerequisites: Mr -321 (a); Mr -2 14(c). circulation theorems; tertiary circulations; secondary circulations of thermal and dynamic Mr-229(A) Selected Topics in Applied 2-0 types; streamlines and trajectories; hydro- Meteorology statics and the thermal wind; stability, con- The course consists of lectures and reading vection and subsidence. assignments dealing with arctic and antarctic Texts: Dynamic Meteorology; Holmboe, meteoruiogy, extended range forecasting, re- Forsythe, Gustin: Weather Analysis and Fore- cent dt velopments concerning the theory and casting; Petterssen. observations of the general circulation, and Prerequisites: Mr-4ll(B); Mr-2 10(C); Ph- such further recent developments as time 196(C); Ma-103(B). permit*. Texts: Selected NavAer and U. S. W. B. Mr-322(A) Dynamic Meteorology II 3-0 Publications. The course is a continuation of Mr-321(A), Prerequisites: Mr-221(B); Mr-228(A); Mr- covering the following topics: continuity and 322(A). tendency equations; convergency and diver- gence; vorticity; frontogensis and frontolysis, Mr-230(A) Operational Forecasting 0-10 stability; atmospheric waves; the general circulation and its influence on the formation This course is a continuation of previous of air laboratory courses in weather analysis and masses. Texts: Dynamic Meteorology; Holmboe, forecasting. Using all available techniques, Gustin: students analyze upper air and sea-level weath- Forsythe, Weather Analysis and Fore- casting; Petterssen. er charts, prepare stability analyses and at- mospheric cross sections, and construct Prerequisites: Mr -321 (a); Ma- 134(a). prognostic charts. The information thus ana- lyzed is correlated to prepare operational Mr-323(A) Dynamic Meteorology III 3-0 weather forecasts for various situations, in- This course is a continuation of Mr-322(A) cluding flight forecasts, ocean area forecasts, and considers the following topics: general local station forecasts, and forecasts for se- effects of viscosity; equations of motion for lected types of naval operations. laminar and turbulent flow; dynamic similarity; Texts: None. wind variation in the surface layer; energy Prerequisites: Mr -227(B); Mr -32 3(A); Mr- changes in wind system; transfer of air prop- 422(A). erties by turbulent mass exchange; diurnal . PART III. COURSE DESCRIPTIONS 63 temperature variations; transformation of air water and moist air ; thermodynamic diagrams; masses. air mass identification indices; geopotential Texts: Handbook of Meteorology; Berry, determinations; convection, stability criteria. Bollay, Beers: Physical and Dynamical Meteor- Texts: Dynamic Meteorology; Holmboe, ology; Brunt. Forsythe, Gustin: Handbook of Meteorology; Prerequisites: Mr-322(A); Ma- 135(C). Berry, Bollay, Beers. Prerequisites: Mr-2lo(c); Ma- 102(c); Ph- Mr-402(C) Meteorological Charts 3-0 196(C). and Diagrams The course proceeds from a treatment of Mr-412(A) Physical Meteorology 3-0 elementary thermodynamics to its applications This course deals with (1) solar and terres- to meteorology, with particular emphasis on trial radiation, and (2) the physics of atmos- thermodynamic charts and diagrams. Atmos- pheric phenomena in which optical or scattering pheric stability and the techniques for fore- effects are produced by clouds, fogs, rain- casting instability phenomena are discussed. drops, haze, etc. Texts: Mimeographed notes titled "Elemen- Texts: Heat Transfer by Infrared Radiation tary Meteorological Thermodynamics"; in the Atmosphere; Elsasser; Meteorology; Haltiner Albright. Prerequisites: Ph- 190(C); Ma- 161(C). Prerequisites: Ph- 196(C) or Ph-i9l(C);Mr- 4111(B); Ma-103(B). Mr-403(C) Physical Meteorology 4-0 This course is a qualitative treatment of (1) Mr-420(A) Wave, Swell and Surf 2-0 radiation, solar and terrestrial, and its effect Forecasting on atmospheric processes; (2) elementary This course considers the following topics: theory of turbulence and diffusion and the ef- the characteristics of surface water waves; fect of these processes on wind structure and generation of waves; methods of forecasting air-mass modification. sea and swell; methods of forecasting breakers Texts: Handbook of Meteorology; Berry, and surf conditions; under water depth deter- Bollay, Beers: Dynamic Meteorology; Haurwitz. minations; and methods of locating rubber rafts Prerequisites: Ph- 190(C); Ma- 162(C). adrift at sea. Texts: Wind Waves and Swell; Hydrographic Mr-404(C) Wave, Swell and Surf 1-2 Office Publication H.O. Misc. 11,275: Break- Forecasting ers and Surf; H.O. 234. This course begins with a brief description Prerequisites: Mr -322(A); Ma -135(C). of the characteristics of surface water waves and proceeds to a study of the methods of fore- Mr-422(A) The Upper Atmosphere 5-0 casting the state of the sea and surf conditions, A study of the distribution of certain of the together with appropriate problems. meteorological elements, including the compo- Texts: Wind Waves and Swell; Hydrographic sition of the upper atmosphere. A survey is Office Publication H.O. Misc. 11,275; Break- made of the various layers of the upper atmos- ers and surf; H.O. 234. phere, together with the physical processes Prerequisites: Mr-302(C); Mr-403(c) taking place in these layers. Wherever possible, the interplay of these processes with the mete- Mr-410(C) Meteorological Instruments 2-2 orology of the troposphere is considered. Standard naval meteorological instruments Texts: Atomic Physics; Semat: Terrestrial are studied and used by the students. Addi- Magnetism and Electricity; Fleming: Physical tional instrumentation peculiar to (1) cold State of the Upper Atmosphere; Haurwitz. climates, (2) very high elevations, and (3) Prerequisites: Mr -32 3(A); Mr -4 12(a). micrometeorological elements is investigated generally. Special attention is paid to errors Mr-510(C) Climatology 2-0 and to reliability of observation. This course considers the major continental Texts: Meteorological Instruments; Middle- and oceanic regions of the world with respect ton: Aerographer 's Manual; Circular "P"; to their dominant weather characteristics and U. S. Weather Bureau: Instrument Workbook; covers the meteorological and oceanographic Form, processes that are important in the develop- Prerequisite: Ph- 196(C) or Ph- 190(C). ment of these characteristics. Text: Climatology; Haurwitz, Austin. Mr-411(B) Thermodynamics of 5-2 Prerequisites: Mr -2 12(C); Mr -2 10(C). Meteorology This course considers the following topics: Mr-520(B) Climatology and 3-0 the physical variables; first and second laws Oceanography of thermodynamics; concept of entropy; equa- The meteorological and oceanographic proc- tion of state; properties of gases; properties of esses important to the development of the 94.H683 64 U. S. NAVAL POSTGRADUATE SCHOOL, 1951-1952 dominant weather characteristics of the major assisted in his work by a staff member quali- continental and oceanic regions of the world fied in the special field of the problem selected. are considered. Special emphsis is placed Text: None. on the general circulation of the atmosphere Prerequisites: Mr-229(A); Mr-323(A); Ma- and its relation to radiation and heat balance. 331(A). The use of statistical methods to solve cli- matological problems and develop objective Mr-922(A) Thesis II 4-0 forecasting rules is stressed. This course is a continuation of Mr-921(A). Texts: Oceanography for Meteorologists; The work begun in Mr-921(A) will be com- Sverdrup Climatology; Haurwitz and Austin. pleted and prepared in proper form for pres- Prerequisite: None. entation to the Academic Council and/or for publication. Mr-81Q(C) Seminar 2-0 Text: None. Students study and prepare synopses of cur- Prerequisites: Mr-92l(A); Mr-422(A). rent publications and original data concerning meteorology, and present them for group dis- Mr-923(A) Thesis III 3-0 cussion. This course is a continuation of Mr-922(A) Text: None. for students of the MS Curriculum. The thesis Prerequisite: Mr -229(A). will be completed and prepared in proper form for presentation to the Academic Council and/or Mr-921(A) Thesis I 2-0 for publication. Students are expected to begin research on Text: None. problems selected by themselves or assigned Prerequisites: Mr-323(A); Mr-422(A); Mr- to them. Each student will be directed and 922(A). 1 PART III, COURSE DESCRIPTIONS 65 AERONAUTICS Ae Courses Aeronautical Lecture Series Ae 001(C) Stress Analysis I Ae-211(C) Aeronautical Lecture Series Ae •002(C) Stress Analysis II Ae-212(C) Basic Aerodynamics Ae 100(C) Stress Analysis III Ae-213(B) Technical Aerodynamics Ae •121(C) Stress Analysis IV Ae-214(A) Technical Aerodynamics - Advanced Stress Analysis Ae-215(A) Performance Ae • 131(C) Airplane Design II Ae-302(B) Flight Analysis Ae • 132(B) Airplane Design I Ae-311(C) Aircraft Performance - Flight Airplane Design II Ae-312(B) Analysis Ae 136(B) Advanced Aircraft Structures ... . Ae-321(A) Dynamics I Ae •141(A) Thermodynamics (Aeronautical) . . Ae-410(B) Dynamics II Ae •142(A) Aircraft Engines Ae-411(B) Dynamics Ae 146(A) Aircraft Propulsion Ae-421(B) Aeronautical Seminar Ae •151(B) Internal Flow in Aircraft Engines. Ae-431(A) Aeronautical Seminar Ae •152(B) G^s Turbines I Ae-451(C) Rigid Body Statics of Aircraft .... Ae • 200(C) Gas Turbines II Ae-452(C) Stress Analysis Ae •201(C) Hydro-aero-mechanics I Ae-501(A) Stress Analysis Ae 202(C) Hydro-aero-mechanics II Ae-502(A) Stress Analysis Ae 203(A) Compressibility I Ae-503(A) Stress Analysis Ae -204(A) Compressibility II Ae-504(A) Ae-001(C) Aeronautical Lecture Series 0-1 three dimensional air foil theory; induced Lectures on general aeronautical engineering drag; aspect ratio corrections; biplanes; inter- subjects by prominent authorities from the ference drag; high lift devices; velocity polar; Bureau of Aeronautics, research laboratories, relative motion. and from industry. The P.W. periods include wind tunnel ex- Prerequisite: None. periments, analysis and technical report writing on topics allied to the above class Ae-002(C) Aeronautical Lecture Series 0-2 work. Lectures on electrical engineering subjects Text: Airplane Design - Performance; in connection with aeronautical engineering by Warner: Engineering Aerodynamics; Diehl: prominent authorities from the Bureau of Elementary Applied Aerodynamics; Hemke: Aeronautics, research laboratories, and from Wind Tunnel Testing; Pope. industry. Prerequisite: Ae- 100(C). Prerequisite: None. Ae-131(C) Technical Aerodynamics— 4-2 Ae-100(C) Basic Aerodynamics 3-4 Performance Properties of fluids; statics of fluids; flota- The aerodynamic characteristics of the air- tion; Bernoulli's theorem; fluid velocity and plane; the propeller and engine characteristics; pressures; photostatic tube; the venturi tube; sea level performance; performance at alti- cavitation; theory of life; circulation; blade tudes; superchargers; range and endurance; screws and propellers; viscosity; viscous special performance problems; charts. flows; vortices; flow in pipes; flow through The P.W. periods are devoted to computa- orifices; laminar and turbulent boundary layer tions and perormance analysis. flows; separation phenomena; surface friction; Text: Same as in Ae-121(C). resistance of floating bodies; dynamics of Prerequisite: Ae - 00(C) . compressible fluids. The P. W. periods include experimental Ae-132(B) Flight Analysis 3-2 work in the wind tunnel, allied to the topics Parametric study of aircraft performance, above; technical analysis and report writing. flight test procedure, flight data reduction, Text: Fluid Mechanics; Dodge, Thompson: special flight problems. Elementary Fluid Mechanics; Rouse. Practical work: Practical problems dealing Prerequisites: None. with the above. Text: Airplane Design - Performance; Ae-121(C) Technical Aerodynamics 3-2 Warner: Engineering Aerodynamics; Diehl, Characteristic flows and pressures about Flight Testing; Hamlin. bodies; surface friction; wake drag; aero- Prerequisites: Ae-lOO(C), Ae-l2l(c), Ae- dynamic characteristics of airfoil sections, 131(C). 66 U. S. NAVAL POSTGRADUATE SCHOOL, 1951-1952 Ae-136(B) Aircraft Performance— 3-2 analysis of static and dynamic stability of Flight Analysis some particular aircraft. Aerodynamic characteristics of composite Text: Same as in Ae- 141(A). aircraft; propeller and engine characteristics; Prerequisites: Ae- 100(C), Ae- 121(c), Ae- aircraft performance; range and endurance; 131(C) or Ae-136(B). special performance problems; performance parameters; flight test reduction and analysis. Ae-151(B) Aeronautical Seminar 2-0 Practical work: analysis of performance of This seminar is primarily in the technical an aircraft will be made based upon wind tun- aerodynamics of airplanes, on~matters dealing nel tests in the laboratory - practical prob- especially with performance and test methods lems from flight test will aslo be analyzed. of the Test Pilot Training Division, NATC Text: Airplane Design - Performance; Patuxent River, Md. It is in preparation for Warner: Engineering Aerodynamics; Diehl: the flight test program given in the fourth term. Elementary Applied Aerodynamics; Hemke: Text: Airplane Aerodynamics; Dommasch, Wind Tunnel Testing; Pope: Flight Testing; Sherby and Connolly. Hamlin. Prerequisite: Ae- 132(B). Prerequisites: Ae-lOO(C), Ae-l2l(C). Ae-152(B) Aeronautical Seminar 2-0 Ae-141(A) Dynamics, I 3-4 This is a continuation of Ae- 15 1(B) in the Fundamental definitions, the forces and same field. moments of the entire airplane, the equations Text: Same as Ae-151(B). of motion, the moments of the wing, tail and Prerequisite: Ae- 151(B). other parts of the airplane, C.G. location on static stability, neutral points, maneuver Ae-200(C) Rigid Body Statics of Aircraft 3-2 points, fixed control and free control stability, This course parallels Mc 101, extending the elevator, aileron rudder effectiveness, con- coverage of rigid body statics graphically and trol design festures, maneuverability and analytically to meet design requirements of controllability, turns and loops. aircraft components. The laboratory work consists of wind tunnel Topics include: plane trusses, Maxwell dia- experimentation and analysis of the above grams, plantom members; compound and topics on models. complex trusses; plane distributed force sys- Text: USNPS Notes; Higgins: Aircraft Sta- tems, composition and resolution, funicular bility and, Controllability; Perkins: Flight polygons; centroids, moments of inertia, Testing; Hamlin. properties of aircraft sections; moler circle Prerequisites: Ae-lOO(C), Ae-l21(C), Ae- of inertia, ellipse of inertia, gyration ellipse; 131(C). mass moments of inertia, application to air- craft, balance diagrams; simple, compound Ae- 142(A) Dynamics, II 3-4 and complex space frames; load lines, shear The Eulerian equations of motion, the mo- and bending moment diagrams, interrelation- ments of inertia of aircraft, the aerodynamic ship; influence lines and elementary appli- reactions and derivatives solution of the sym- cations. metrical or longitudinal motion, analysis of Text: Analysis and Design of Airplane Struc- the longitudinal motion, solution of the asym- tures; Bruhn: Airplane Structures, 3rd Ed. metrical or lateral motion, analysis of the Vol. 1; Niles and Newell: Statics; Timoshenko lateral motion, effect of control freedom, ef- and Young. fect of controls and response, spins. Prerequisite: To be taken with Mc 101, with The laboratory works consi'st of wind tunnel same prerequisites. experimentation on models to study some of the above problems. Ae-2Q1(C) Stress Analysis 4-2 Text: Same as in Ae-141.(A). The course is in continuity with ME -500, and Prerequisite: Ae- 14 1(A). emphasizes diagrammatic methods, applied especially to: analysis of beam including Ae-146(A) Dynamics 3-2 statically indeterminate cases, frame elements, Fundamental definitions, forces and mo- variable cross section, shearing effect on ments of composite aircraft equations of mo- bending displacement; plane stress, principal tion, static stability and trim, effects of CG stresses; influence lines and elementary ap- location, static margins, free control stability, plications. dynamical longitudinal stability, dynamic Text: Strength of Materials Vol. I; Timo- lateral stability, force and moment derivations, shenko: Airplane Structures Vol. I; Niles, stability charts, controllability, maneuver- Newell: Analysis and Design of Airplane Struc- ability, three dimensional motions, spins. tures; Bruhn: USNPS Stencils. The P.W. consists of experimentation and Prerequisite: Ma- 102(C). PART III, COURSE DESCRIPTIONS 67 Ae-202(C) Stress Analysis simple columns, thin cylinders; extended dis- This course is in continuity with Ae-ZOl(C) cussion of deflection of straight beams, frames and considers: strain energy, applications to with straight members; statically indetermi- impact loading, Castigliano theorem, dis- nate cases using diagrammatic and moment- placement calculations, redundant trusses; distribution methods; beams of variable I; virtual energy, applications to deflection and trussed beams and wing cells. statically indeterminate problems, Maxwell- Text: Analysis and Design of Airplane Struc- method; law of reciprocal deflections; tures; Airplane Structures, 3rd Ed. Mohr Bruhn: , influence line application to deflections; buck- Vol. 1; Niles and Newell: Strength of materials, ling of bars, the flexible column, critical Vol. 1; Timoshenko. loads, energy methods; curved bars. Prerequisite: Ae 200. Text: Strength of Materials Vols. I and II; Timoshenko:. Airplane Structures Vols. I and Ae-212(C) Stress Analysis II 4-2 II; Niles, Newell: Analysis and Design of Air- This course is in continuity with Ae 211. It plane Structures; Bruhn: USNPG Stencils. considers the general state of plane stress, Prerequisite: Ae- 20 1(C). stress flow in complicated components of air frames and machines, and the stability of Ae-203(A) Stress Analysis 4-0 continuous beam columns. Topics are: plane This course is in continuity with Ae-202(C) stress, principal stresses, Mohr circle of and considers: curved bars (continued), ro- stress, stress ellipse; shear stress developed tating machine parts, circular bars in bending in bending, effect on critical beam stresses and/or twist, energy methods on curved frames, and deflection; shear flow in bending under beams loaded by forces not in principal axes transverse loads, center of twist; bending of section, cases with unsymmetrical cross- when neutral- axis is not a principal axis or section; short beams in compression and when load line is off the center of twist, beams bending, cores; torsion, non-circular sections, with open or hollow sections; torsion of shafts membrane analogy, combined with bending, of non-circular section, membrane analogy, close soiled helical spring, crank throw, thin torsional shear flow; torsion and bending; open or hollow sections, torsional shear flow; built-up beams, shear resistant webs, tension center of twise, shear flow; beam columns, field webs, wooden beams; beam columns, single panel, multipanel, charts; beam tie; single and multi-panel charts; beam ties; polar polar diagrams. diagrams. Text: Same as in Ae-202(C). Text: Analysis and Design of Airplane Struc- Prerequisite: Ae -202(C). tures; Bruhn: Airplane Structures, Vols. I and II; Niles and Newell: Strength of Materials, Ae-204(A) Stress Analysis 4-0 Vols. I and II; Timoshenko. This course is in continuity with Ae-203(A) Prerequisite: Ae 211. and considers: Thin stiff plates under lateral load, bent to cylinder, in pure bending in two Ae-213(B) Stress Analysis III 4-2 perpendicular directions, axially symmetrical This course is in continuity with Ae 212. It problems; axially symmetrical membrane considers various forms of strain energy, and problems; discontinuity effects in shells, beam also curved bars and frames. Topics are: on elastic foundation and application, cylinder strain energy, applications to impact loading; and hemisphere, flat plate and cylinder, hollow Castigliano theorem; displacements in trusses, ring and cylinder; thick-walled spheres and trusses with redundant members; virtual en- cylinders, applications to rotating discs; se- ergy, applications, Maxwell-Mohr method; lected topics from theory of elasticity; stress law of reciprocal deflections, influence line concentration. applications; energy methods applied to buck- Text: Strength of Materials, Vol. I and II, ling; curved bars, stresses and deflections; Timoshenko; Airplane Structures, Vol. I and rotating machine parts. II, Niles and Newell; Analysis and Design of Text: The same as in Ae 212. Airplane Structures ;Bruhn: Airplane Structural Prerequisite: Ae 212. Analysis and Design, Sechler and Dunn: USNPS Stencils. Ae-214(A) Stress Analysis IV 3-0 Prerequisite: Ae -203(a). This course is in continuity with Ae 213, and considers: the general three dimensional state Ae-211(C) Stress Analysis I 4-0 of stress, strain and displacement, elastic This course is incontinuity with Ae 200, and equations; thin stiff plates under lateral load, starts the analysis of elastic bodies, applied bent to cylinder, or in bending to mutually to aircraft structures and machines. Topics perpendicular directions; axially symmetrical are: the elementary states of stress in ties, plates; axially symmetrical membranes; dis- struts, shear members, circular shafts, continuity effects in shells, beam on elastic simple beams, short beam struts, coves, foundation, applications to cylinder and hem- . 68 U. S. NAVAL POSTGRADUATE SCHOOL. 1951-1952 isphere or flat plate or hollow ring; thick Text: Those of Ae-204(A) and Ae-311(C). walled spheres and cylinders under inner and Prerequisites: Ae-312(B), Ae-204(A). outer pressures, application to rotating discs. Text: The same as in Ae 213. Ae-410(B) Thermodynamics 3-2 Prerequisite: Ae 213. (Aeronautical) This course extends the study of fundamental Ae-215(A) Advanced Stress Analysis 4-0 thermodynamics in preparation for advanced This is in continuity with Ae 214 and con- work in aerothermodynamics and aircraft siders rectangular plates in pure bending, in propulsion. Topics include one-dimensional bending and under middle surface loading, compressible flow, internal combustion engine buckling, crippling, selected topics from theory and turbine cycles and elements of heat trans- of elasticity and plasticity; advanced stability fer. considerations Text: Engineering Thermodynamics, Kiefer Text: The same as in Ae 214 plus Airplane Stuart & Kinney: Aerodynamics of a Com- Structural Analysis and Design; Sechler and pressible Fluid;' Liepmann, Puckett: Applied Dunn. Heat Transmission; Stevens. Gas Tables; Prerequisite: Ae 214. Keenan & Kaye. Prerequisite: ME-l3i(c). Ae-302(B) Airplane Design II 1-4 3-2 Topics as given for Ae 312(B). Ae-411(B) Aircraft Engines Text: As given for Ae 312(B). This course extends the study of combustion Prerequisites: Ae 311(C). with particular reference to piston engine and gas turbine applications. Fuel mixtures, ig- nition, flame propogation and stability are Ae-311(C) Airplane Design, I 2-4 Topics are: critical loading conditions, load- discussed. Utilization and conversion and factors, V-g diagrams, strength envelopes, mechanical aspects. The latter is continued in design con- detail methods of layout and analysis of a light a survey of current engine and plane. struction. Text: Internal Combustion Engines; I_.ich.ty: P.W. requirements are for the condition of Internal Combustion Engines; Taylor Taylor: high angle attack: prepare equipment list and & Stencils. balance diagram; correct airfoil character- USNPS Prerequisite: or -4 10(B). istics for structural use; construct three view me- 132(c) Ae drawing; run the balance calculation and the Ae-421(B) Aircraft Propulsion 3-2 preliminaries to the wing design. Sea level and altitude performance charac- Text: Same as Ae-203(C) and Airplane De- teristics of piston engines, propellers, turbo- sign Manual; Teichmann: Airplane Structural jet and turbo-prop engines are analyzed. Analysis and Design; Sechler and Dunn: C. A. R. Maximum performance, cruise control, lab- 04: C. A. M. 04: Navy Specifications and oratory and flight testing, and test data cor- Manuals. rection methods are discussed. Aircraft per- Prerequisite: Ae -202(C). formance is reviewed with particular reference to the propulsion system. The practical work Ae-312(B) Airplane Design, II 2-4 of this course consists of supervised analysis Topics include: wing spar analysis, wing of test data taken at various Naval Air Test truss analysis, fuselage analysis including Centers. Maxwell Diagram; design of one wing spar on Text: Aircraft Power Plants; Fraas: Air- basis, shearresistant web, tension field web, plane Propeller Principles; Nelson: Jet Pro- composite spar of two materials; design of pulsion; Air Technical Service Command: elevator torque tube in bending and twist for USNPS Stencils. given loading condition, design of several Prerequisites: Ae -4 11(B), Ae- 131(c). members of the fuselage truss as columns and as ties; design of indicated fittings. Ae-431(A) Internal Flow in Aircraft 4-0 Text: Same as in Ae-311(C), Ae-203(A). Engines Prerequisite: Ae-3ll(C), Ae-203(A). Momentum theorem, thrust equations, gas turbine cycle analysis, flow equations, relative Ae-321(A) Advanced Aircraft Structures 4-0 and absolute flow, relative flow in machines, Topics include: rectangular plates in pure energy equations, thermodynamic flow equa- bending, in bending and under loading in mid- tions, axial-flow compressors, centrifugal dle surface, buckling, crippline; advanced compressors, axial-flow turbines, centrifugal deflection problems, Williot diagram; defor- turbines, control analysis of aircraft gas mation in the plastic state; advanced stability turbines. considerations, beam columns, rings and Text: Jet Propulsion; ATSC: Jet Propulsion tubes, latticed columns variable section tor- and Gas Turbines; Zucrow: USNPS Stencils. sional cases. Prerequisite: Ae- 50 3(A). 69 PART III. COURSE DESCRIPTIONS fluids. 3 "° tunnel-wall effect, compressible Gas Turbines I Ae-451(C) Text: Same as Ae 501(A). A seminar on the theory, design and control marine. Prerequisite: Ae 501(A). of gas turbines, stationary and Ae-502(A), Ae-410(B) 01 Prerequisites: 4 "° ME-132(C). Ae-503(A) Compressibility 1 Viscous fluid theory, compressible flow, 3-0 adiabatic flow Gas Turbines II thermodynamic fundamentals, Ae-452(C) disturbances, A seminar in continuation of Ae-4bl^J. equations, propogation of plane oblique shock Prerequisite: Ae -45 1(c). one- dimensional channel flow, waves and shock reflections, opticalmeasure- 4-0 equations, Hydro-Aero-Mechanics I ment techniques, Navier-Stokes Ae-501(A) Poisenille Vector Calculus and aerodynamical applica- Prandtl boundary layer theory, description, layer theory, turbu- tions, fluid kinematics and flow flow, Saminar boundary dy- trans- stream and velocity potential functions, lence, turbulent boundary layer theory, for a perfect fluid, solution namic equations ition. . , properties of Aerodynamics; Kuetne by scalar and vector methods, Text: Foundations of dimensional of a Compressible elemental and combined flows , two & Schetze: Aerodynamics flow Theoretical Gas problems, use of complex numbers in Fluid; Liepmann & Puckett: transformation, com- description, conformal Dynamics; Sauer. ,,,. Kutta- 502(A).fA plex integration, Blasius equations, Prerequisite: Ae 410(B), Ae Joukowski theorem, lift and pitching moment on an infinate wing. Compressibility II Airscrew Theory; Glauert: Ae- 504(A) Text: Airfoil and Two-and three-dimensional flow, two-ai- Streeter. Fluid Dynamics; mensional linearized theory and application to Ae- 131(C). three-dimen- Prerequisite: airfoils in compressible flow, methods, 4-0 sional linearized theory, hodograph Ae-502(A) Hydro-Aero-Mechanics II exact solutions in equation and method of characteristics, Viscous Fluids, Navier-Stokes transonic flow problems, boundary layer two-dimensional flow, special solutions, Prandtl supersonic wind tunnel tests to vortex theory, transonic and theory, skin friction, Helmholtz conjunction with class dis- velocity, be conducted in the three dimensional airfoil, induced least cussions. angle of attack, drag, lift distribution, Text: Same as for Ae 503(A). drag, tapered and twisted airfoils, induced Prerequisite: Ae 503(A). chordwise and spanwise load distribution, 70 U. S. NAVAL POSTGRADUATE SCHOOL, 1951-1952 CHEMISTRY Ch Courses General Inorganic Chemistry .... Ch -101(C) Physical Chemistry General Inorganic Chemistry .... Ch -102(C) Advanced . Ch-413(A) Fuel and Oil Chemistry Ch -111(A) Physical Chemistry Ch-442(C) General and Petroleum Plastics Ch-52 1 (A) Chemistry Ch -121(B) Physical Chemistry (For Quantitative Analysis Ch -213(C) Metallurgical Students) Ch-531(A) Qualitative Analysis Ch -221(C) Reaction Motors Ch-541(A) Quantitative Analysis Ch -231(C) Radio Chemistry Ch-551(A) Organic Chemistry Ch -301(C) Physical Chemistry Ch-56l(A) Organic Chemistry Ch -311(C) Chemistry of Special Organic Chemistry Ch -312(C) Fuels Ch-581(A) Organic Chemistry Ch -315(C) Thermodynamics Ch-6ll(C) Organic Qualitative Thermodynamics Ch-612(C) Analysis . Ch -321(A) Chemical Engineering Organic Chemistry, Thermodynamics Ch-6l 3(A) Advanced Ch -322(A) Thermodynamics Ch-631(A) The Chemistry of High Chemical Engineering Polymers Ch--323(A) Calculations Ch-701(C) Physical Chemistry (Ord. ) Ch -401(A) Chemical Engineering Physical Chemistry Ch--411(C) Calculations Ch-711(C) Physical Chemistry Ch--412(C) Chemistry Seminar Ch-800(A) 7C Plastics Laboratory, U. S. Naval Postgraduate School, Annapolis, Maryland. - PART III. COURSE DESCRIPTIONS 71 Ch-lOl(C) General Inorganic Chemistry 3-2 performing some of the standard tests on fuels The subject matter includes a consideration and lubricants. of general chemical principles such as the modern concept of the atom, kinetic theory, Text: Principles of Chemistry; Hildebrand: chemical equilibrium, chemical calculations, Chemical Technology of Petroleum; Gruse and reaction rates and a brief discussion of special- Stevens: Significance of Tests on Petroleum ized topics (corrosion, explosives, etc.) which Producers; A.S. T. M. : Federal Specifications are of interest to officers in the naval services. for Lubricants and Liquid Fuels, VV-L-791b. The laboratory work consists of experiments selected to illustrate principles discussed in Ch-213(C) Quantitative Analysis 3-4 the lecture. This course deals with the theoretical princi- Text: Principles of Chemistry; Hildebrand ples underlying analytical Chemical methods, Prerequisites: None. and the calculations involved in quantitative determinations. Ch-102(C) General Inorganic Chemistry 4-2 The laboratory work consists of typical vol- This course deals with the properties of sub- umetric and gravimetric determinations. stances and their atomic and molecular struc Text: Quantitative Analysis; Pierce and ture, weight relations in chemical reactions, Haenisch. valence, electronic structure and oxidation- Prerequisite: Ch- 102(c). reduction reactions. Theoretical topics con- sidered include the properties of gases, reac- Ch-221(C) Qualitative Analys 3-2 tion rates and chemical equilibrium. This is thefirstpart of a course in analytical The laboratory work consists of experments chemistry and includes the treatment of the in qualitative analysis on a seminicro scale, theory of ionization, chemical equilibrium, illustrating reactions and principles discussed solubility product, complexion formation and in the lectures. oxidation-reduction reactions, as they apply to Text: General Chemistry; Pauling; Intro- qualitative analysis. duction to Semimicro Qualitative Analysis; The laboratory work consists of the separa- Curtman. tion and detection of selected ions on a semi- Prerequisites: None. micro scale. Text: Introduction to Semimicro Qualitative Ch-lll(A) Fuel And Oil Chemistry 2-2 Analysis; Curtman. The subject matter includes the chemistry, Prerequisite: Ch-lOl(c) or Ch-121(B). properties and production of fuels and lubri- cants; the theory of combustion and knocking; Ch-231(C) Quantitative Analysis 2-4 the theory of fluid film and boundary lubrica- This course is a continuation of Ch-221, and tion, the significance of tests on petroleum deals with the theoretical principles and calcu- products and problems on the analysis of Orsat lations involved in quantitative analysis. data and stoichiometry of combustion. The laboratory work consists of typical vol- The laboratory work includes conducting umetric and gravimetric determinations. some of the standard tests on fuels and lubri- Text: Quantitative Analysis; Pierce and cants and problems on interpretation of data Haenisch. from Orsat analysis and combustion calcula- Prerequisite: Ch-lOl(C) or Ch-121(B); Ch- tions. 221(C). Text: Chemical Technology of Petroleum; Gruse and Stevens: Significance of Tests on Ch-301(C) Organic Chemistry 3-2 Petroleum Products; A.S. T.M.: Fed. Spec. This course deals with the properties, re- VV-L791b. actions and relationships of the principal clas- Prerequisite: Ch- 10 1(c). ses of organic compounds, a brief summary of aliphatin and aromatic compounds. Ch-121(B) General And Petroleum 4-2 The laboratory work includes both prepara- Chemistry tive experiments and experiments illustrating The subject matter includes a consideration reactions discussed in the lectures. of chemical principles such as atomic struc- Text: Organic Chem ii Fuson Connor, ture, states of matter, ionization, chemical Price and Snyder. equilibria, etc.; and a surveyof the chemistry, Prerequisite: Ch-lOl(C) or Ch-l2i(B). properties and production of fuels and lubri- cants. The theories of combustion, knocking Ch-311(C) Organic Chemi 3-2 and lubrication are presented. Study is made The first half of a course inorganic chemis- of the interpretation of results of standard try, consisting of the study of the properties and test procedures and Orsat analysis. The labo- reactions of aliphatic and aromatic compounds. ratory work consists of experiments illustrat- The laboratory work is designed to illustrate ing principles discussed in the lectures; and important reactions of organic compounds. , 72 U. S. NAVAL POSTGRADUATE SCHOOL. 1951-1952 Text: Organic Chemistry; Brewster. dynamics, with particular emphasis placed on Prerequisite: Ch-iOl(C). chemical equilibrium and chemical kinetics. Numerical problems on gas mixtures, com- Organic Chemistry 3-2 Ch-312(C) bustion calculations, equilibria in explosion second half of a The course inorganic chem- products adiabatic flame temperatures, etc., istry, dealing chiefly with c aromatic ompounds form an integral part of the course. following Ch -3 11(C). Organic synthetic methods The laboratory work consists of experiments are emphasized. illustrating principles discussed in the lectures. The laboratory work includes the preparation Text: Outlines of Physical Chemistry; of selected organic compounds. Daniels: Experimental Physical Chemistry; Text: Organic Chemistry; Brewster. Daniels, Mathews and Williams. Ch-3ii(C). Prerequisite: Prerequisites: Ch-101(C) or equivalent; Ch -631(A) or equivalent. Ch-315(C) Organic Chemistry 3-4^ This course deals with the properties, reac- Ch-411(C) Physical Chemistry 3-2 tions and relationships of the principal classes This course involves a study of the physico- of organic compounds, as a basis for work in chemical properties of matter and the laws the biological sciences. governing chemical behavior. Topics include The laboratory work furnishes descriptive gases, solids, molecular structure, thermo- material illustrating reactions discussed in the dynamics, thermochemistry, liquids and solu- lectures. tions . Text: Organic Chemistry; Fusoh Connor, The laboratory work consists of experiments Price and Snyder. designed to illustrate principles discussed in Prerequisites: Ch-I02(c); Ch-2i3(c). the lectures. Text: Outlines of Physical Chemistry; Ch-321(A) Organic Qualitative Analysis 2-2 Daniels: Experimental Physical Chemistry; This course consists of the identification of Daniels, Mathews and Williams. organic compounds on the basis of physical Prerequisite: Ch-ioi(c) or Ch-121(B). properties, solubility behavior, classification reactions and the preparation of derivatives. Text: Identification of Organic Compounds; Ch-412(C) Physical Chemistry 3-2 Shriner and Fuson. This course is a continuation of Ch-411. Prerequisites: Ch-30l(C); Ch-3 12(c) or Ch- Topics include chemical equilibrium, chemical 315(C). kinetics, electrical conductance, electromotive force, colloids and atomic and nuclear struc- Ch-322(A) Organic Chemistry, Advanced. 3-2 ture. laboratory This course is concerned principally with The work consists of experiments designed to illustrate reactions involved in the synthesis of organic principles discussed in the lectures. compounds, with particular attention to reac- tion mechanisms and electronic explanations Text: Outlines of Physical Chemistry: of the behavior of organic compounds. Daniels: Experimental Physical Chemistry; Text: Advanced Organic Chemistry; Fuson; Daniels, Mathews and Williams. Principles of Ionic Organic Reactions; Prerequisite: Ch-4 11(C). Alexander. Physical 2-2 Prerequisites: Ch-301(C); Ch-3i2(c) or Ch-413(A) Chemistry (Advanced ) Ch-315(C). A graduate course in selected topics in phy- sical chemistry. Electronic configurations, dipole Ch-323(A) The Chemistry of High 3-0 moments, physical chemistry of the Polymers solid state and the liquid state, etc. This course deals with the synthetic and The laboratory work consists of experiments structural aspects of high polymer chemistry, designed to supplement the material covered and includes discussion of both synthetic and in the classroom. natural high polymers. Prerequisites: Two terms of physical chem- Text: Chemistry of Plastics and High istry, one term of thermodynamics. Polymers; Ritchie. Prerequisites: Ch-30l(c); Ch-3l2(c) orCh- Ch-442(C) Physical Chemistry 4-2 315(C); Ch-512(A). This course involves a study of the laws governing the chemical behavior and the phy- Ch-401(A) Physical 3-2 Chemistry (ord. ) sico-chemical properties of matter. Some of This is a fundamental course in physical the topics considered are gases, liquids, solids, chemistry for ordnance students. The subject solutions, thermochemistry, chemical thermo- matter includes topics such as gases, liquids, dynamics, chemical equilibrium, chemical solutions, thermochemistry, chemical thermo- kinetics, electrochemistry and colloids. , 73 PART III. COURSE DESCRIPTIONS emphasis placed on chemical equili- Problems are assigned and laboratory ex- particular and chemical kinetics. Numerical prob- periments are performed to illustrate the brium on gas mixtures, combustion calculations, principles discussed in the lectures. lems in combustion products, flame""tem- Outlines of Physical Chemistry; equilibria Text: integral part of the peratures, etc. , form an Daniels: Experimental Physical Chemistry; course. Daniels, Mathews and Williams. The laboratory work consists of experiments Prerequisite: Ch- 10 1(C) or Ch- 102(C). illustrating principles discussed in the lec- 3 - 2 tures. 521(A) Plastics Ch- Outlines of Physical Chemistry; The subject matter includes a study ol the Text: Daniels: Experimental Physical Chemistry; nature and types of plastics, their properties, Daniels, Mathews and Williams. applications, and limitations as an engineer- are Prerequisite: Ch- 11 1(A) or 121(B). ing material. Natural and synthetic rubbers included. Chemistry of Special Fuels 2-2 The laboratory exercises consist of the prep- Ch-581(A) brief survey of the organic and physical aration of typical plastics, a study of their A necessary for an appreciation of the physical and chemical properties, and identifi- chemistry problems associated with special fuels. The cation tests. nature of conventional fuels and of high-energy Text: Fundamentals of Plastics; Richardson their limitations, and possible future and Wilson. fuels, developments; methods of reaction rate control; Prerequisite: Ch- 101(C) or Ch- 121(B) etc. * 2-0 None. Ch-531(A) Physical Chemistry (for Prerequisite: metallurgical students) Thermodynamics 3-2 A continuation of the study of physical chem- Ch-611(C) particular A study of the fundamentals of thermodynam- istry, emphasizing certain aspects of equilibria ics; the concept of energy and transformations; importance in metallurgy. Chemical properties of substances, ideal processes, in deoxidation, and in thermodynamic in reduction thermochemistry. Numerical problems carburizing-decarburizing; principles of con- gases; co- form an integral part of the course. trolled atmospheres; activity and activity Principles of Engineering Thermo- in metal solutions; concentration Text' efficients ;Kiefer, Stewart and Kinney: diffusion effects. Numerical dynamics, 2nd Ed. gradients and Chemical Engineering Thermo- problems form an integral part of the course. Introduction to Smith: Chemical Engineers Hand- Prerequisites: Physical Chemistry and Mt- dynamics; book; Perry: Thermodynamic Properties of 202(C). Steam; Keenanand Keyes: Gas Tables; Keenan Reaction Motors 2-2 and Kaye. Ch-541(A) Ch- 10 1(C). The subject matter includes the theory and Prerequisite: jet engines design of rocket motors and thermal 3-2 propellants and the Ch-612(C) Thermodynamics nozzles, solid and liquid with military uses. A continuation and extension of Ch-6ll, applications of these devices to thermodynamics an integral part of application of the principles of Numerical problems form of to the unit operations and unit processes the course. chemical engineering practice. Numerical Text: Rocket Propulsion Elements; Sutton. problems are used extensively in illustrating Prerequisite: One term of Thermodynamics. principles. Chemical Engineering Radiochemistry Text: Introduction to Ch-551(A) Smith: Chemical Engineer- seminar course with discussions on the Thermodynamics; A Perry: Thermodynamics Prop- important aspects of radioactivity from the ing Handbook; Steam; Keenan and Keyes: Gas Tables; standpoint of the chemical transformations erties of Keenan and Keyes. which accompany it and which it may induce; with Prerequisite: Ch- 6 11(C). the possible health hazards associated radioactivity, safety measures and decontami- Chemical Engineering Thermo- 3-2 nation problems; techniques for measurement Ch-613(A) dynamics and study of ionizing radiation. matter is an extension of previous Prerequisite: None. The subject studies in mechanical thermodynamics to in- clude the thermodynamic analysis and solution Ch-561(A) Physical Chemistry designed physical of chemical engineering problems. It is This is a fundamental course in non-chemical majors. The course includes chemistry for students who are non chemistry for treatment of the thermal and majors. The subject matter includes topics a specialized properties of materials; gases, liquids, solutions, thermo- thermodynamic such as equilibrium and the phase chemistry, chemical thermodynamics, with thermo-chemistry; 74 U. S. HAVAL POSTGRADUATE SCHOOL. 1951-1952 rule; phase relations; chemical equilibria and relationships in chemical and physical-chemical energy relations, particularly at higher tem- reactions. Problems based on combustion, peratures and pressures. Strong emphasis is distillation, absorption, evaporation, crystal- placed on numerical or quantative application lization, humidification and other unit opera- of principles by solution of problems. tions and processes are dealt with. Problems Text: Introduction to Chemical Engineering are chosen from engineering practice whenever Thermodynamics; Smith: Chemical Engineers possible. Handbook; Perry. Text: Chemical Process Principles, Part I; Prerequisites: One term of Physical Chem- Hougen and Watson: Industrial Stoichiometry; istry and one term of Thermodynamics. Lewis and Radasch: Chemical Engineers Hand- book; Perry. Ch-631(A) Thermodynamics 3-2 Prerequisite: Ch- 101(C) or Ch- 12 1(B). An extension of Ch-7 11(C) to include thermo- dynamic analyses which are fundamental and Ch-711(C) Chemical Engineering Calcula- 3-2 requisite to the solution of many ordnance prob- lems. tions An introductory course in chemical engi- In addition to treatment of the First and neering. Stoichiometry; material and energy Second Laws of Thermodynamics, the subject balances in various unit operations and in matter includes thermodynamic properties of typical chemical reactions, processes and matter, compression and expansion processes, plants; principles of thermochemistry; com- phase equilibria, criteria of equilibrium, fuga- position of equilibrium mixtures. Numerical city, chemical reaction equilibria. This course problems selected from ordnance applications supplies a prerequisite for subsequent study of form an integral part of the course. rocket motors or interior ballistics. Text: Chemical Process Principles, Part I; Text: Thermodynamics of Firearms; Robin- Hougen and Watson: Thermodynamics of Fire- sion: Introduction to Chemical Engineering arms; Robinson. Thermodynamics, Smith. Prerequisite: None. Prerequisite: Ch-7 11(c) or Ch- 70 1(C). Ch-701(C) Chemical Engineering Calcula- 3-2 Ch-800(A) Chemistry Seminar 2-0 tions This course involves library investigations This course is especially designed to develop of assigned topics, and reports on articles in facility in the recognition and solution of engi- the current technical journals. neering problems involving mass and energy Prerequisites: None. PART III, COURSE DESCRIPTIONS 75 COMMUNICATIONS Typing and Radio Code Co-lOl(C) Communication Organization Radio Code and Procedure Co-102(C) and Security Co-120(C) Visual and Voice Procedure .... Co-103(C) Communication Plans (Basic Communication and Other Rapid Comm. Plan) Co-121(C) Pertinent Naval Communication Plans (Type Organizations Co-104(C) and Task Force Co-122(C) Communication Procedure Co-1 10(C) Communication Plans NTX and Toll Traffic (Amphibious) Co-123(C) Procedures Co-lll(C) Tactics Co-131(C) International and Tactics Co-132(C) Commercial Communications . Co-1 12(C) Tactics Co-133(C) Correspondence and Mail Co-113(C) Tactics Co-134(C) Crypto Systems Instruction Co-1 14(C) Tactics Co-135(C) Co-101(C) Typing and Radio Code 0-4 zation. The practical work periods are used This course is the first in the operating for lectures by competent officers from the communication series and is intended to pro- field on the various phases of the communica- vide opportunity for students to learn to type tion service in which they are currently per- by the touch system in order to facilitate par- forming duty. ticipation in courses Co-102(C), CO-114(C), Prerequisites: None. and to meet the general needs of Communica- tion Officers in typing. When students attain a Co-110(C) Communication Procedure 2-2 speed of 30 wpm they will be started on Radio In this course the student officer learns the Code. Students who have not reached 30 wpm principles of effective message drafting. He by the end of the term will be examined peri- studies radio telegraph, visual and voice pro- odically during later terms until they have cedures, use of operating signals, prosigns, attained this typing speed. call signs, routing indicators, and delivery Prerequisites: None. « groups. He applies the principles and rules learned in various forms of naval messages. Co-102(C) Radio Code and Procedure 0-4 Prerequisites: None This course is a continuation of Co-101(C) and is intended to bring students' operating Co-lll(C) NTX and Toll Traffic 2-2 ability in Morse Code uji to a level to permit Procedures them to operate on slow speed CW circuits. This course covers tape relay procedures Actual operating on slow speed CW circuits is and instructions and handling and abstracting then used to give experience in log keeping, of toll traffic. message servicing and circuit discipline. Prerequisites: None. Prerequisite: Co-lOi(c) Co— 112(C) International and Commercial 1-1 Co-103(C) Visual and Voice Procedures 0-3 Communications This course is the third in the operating This course covers international agreements, communications series. It is designed to make frequencies and navigational aids. In addition the student proficient by actual operation in it covers communications with merchant ships voice radio, flashing light, semaphore and and communications with the Coast Guard. flag hoist. of flag signals Transmission hoist The operation of various commercial com- is demonstrated. panies and their interrelationship with the Prerequisites: Co-I02(c); Co-iiO(C). U.S. Naval CommunicationService is included. Prerequisites: None. Co-104(C) Communication and Other 2-1 Pertinent Naval Organizations This course is the final one of the opera- Co— 113(C) Correspondence and Mail 1-0 tional communication series. It covers the This course consists of lectures and written organizational problems of the communication exercises on office management, files ,and service ashore and afloat and the latest devel- filing, and correspondence; with a brief sum- opments. The recitation periods are devoted mary of the duties of the shipboard Communica- in part to seminar presentation of the organiza- tion Officer in connection with the Postal Serv- tion and duties of communication organizations ice. and partly to the other phases of naval organi- Prerequisites: None. 76 U. S. NAVAL POSTGRADUATE SCHOOL, 1951-1952 Co-114(C) Crypto Systems Instruction 0-2 Prerequisites: Co- 121(C); and Co- 122(C). The student is taught the actual handling and Tactics 2-2 manipulation of cryptographic aids and devices Co-131(C) By formal study of the Prinicples and Appli- and is given sample texts to encrypt and de- cations of Naval Warfare, General Tactical crypt using all effective systems. In addition, Instructions, and Instructions, the stu- the overall cryptographic plan of the U. S. COC dent is prepared for the study in later terms Navy is studied through practical works on the of the procedures developed to solve the tacti- subject. Prerequisites: Co-lOl(C); Co-l20(c). cal problems of specific forces. The practical works emphasize the usefulness of the maneu- vering board and in the of Co-120(C) Communication Organization 2-1 COC solution such and Security problems. They also point up the relation of communications to operations, and demonstrate In this course the student officer is ac- the intimate relationship of flag hoist signals quainted with the organization of the Naval with tactics. Communication System, the reasons for its existence, and the communication policies es- Prerequisite: None tablished including the principles and rules for C0-132(C) Tactics 2-2 security and registered publication handling. By study of Surface Action Tactics and the Prerequisites: None. Carrier TaskForce Tactical Instructions the student officer learns how the principles Co-121(C) Communication Plans (Basic 2-1 studied in the first term are applied to the Rapid Comm. Plan) operations of the Striking Forces. By study of This is the second of the series of formal the Long Range Air Reconnaisance and Scouting study courses covering communication sub- Instructions and the Logistic Support Force jects. It is based primarily on the study of the Instructions he learns of the support required basic rapid communication plan. for large scale operations. Practical works Prerequisites: Co- 120(c). continue to emphasize the role of communica- tions in tactics, and the utility of flag hoist Co-122(C) Communication Plans (Type 2-3 signals, the maneuvering board and COC. and Task Force) Prerequisite: Co- 131(c). This course is a continuation of the formal study of communication planning. It covers C0-133(C) Tactics 2-2 the application of principles learned to the This course introduces the student officer development of typical communication plans to the tactical problems involved in amphibious for Surface Action Force, Carrier TaskForce, operations and outlines the procedures devel- Escort of Convoy, and Submarine Force Oper- oped to solve these problems. ations. The practical work covers the inter- Prerequisite: Co-l32(c). pretation of typical COMPLANS and the prep- aration of exercise plans. Co-134(C) Tactics 2-2 Prerequisites: Co- 120(C); Co- 121(c). This course introduces the student officer to the tactical problems of Submarine, Anti- Co-123(C) Communication Plans - 1-3 submarine, and Convoy Escort Commanders, Amphibious and outlines the procedures developed to solve This course is the final formal study of these problems. Practical works continue to communication planning. It covers the appli- emphasize the role of communications in tac- cation of principles learned to the development tics and the utility of flag hoist signals, the of typical communication plans for amphibious maneuvering board, and COC. operations. The practical work covers the in- Prerequisite: Co -132(c). terpretation of COMPLANS and the preparation of exercise plans. The completion of this C0-135(C) Tactics 2-2 course realizes the objective of furnishing the The student officer is required to complete student with background knowledge required four assignments of the U.S. Naval War Col- to draw upor assist in drawing up acommuni- lege Correspondence Course in Strategy and cation plan suitable to any mission assigned Tactics prior to the completion of his instruc- or derived. tion at the Postgraduate School. PART III, COURSE DESCRIPTIONS 77 CRYSTALLOGRAPHY Cr Courses Crystallography and Crystallography and X-Ray Mineralogy Cr-301(B) Techniques Cr-271(B) making Crystallography and 3-2 projections; and actual practice in the Cr-271(B) photo- X-Ray Techniques and interpreting of x-ray diffraction This course is designed for the student in graphs. Mineralogy; Dana, Ford: Structure of metallurgy, chemistry, physics, and allied Text: Barrett. fields, to supply the requisite background for Metals; Ch- 101(C). courses which embody such concepts as the Prerequisite: physics of the solid state; for example, the Crystallography and 3-4 physics of metals, optical and x-ray identifi- Cr-301(B) Mineralogy cation of chemical compounds, such as ex- course is designed primarily for the plosive mixtures and studies concerning crystal This student who will continue with courses in structures in general. mineralogy, geology, and petrology. The student is first introduced to the funda- student is first introduced to the funda- mental concepts of crystallography, including: The crystallography including: symmetry, point groups, plane lattices, space mental concepts of plane lattices; space space groups, coordinate systems, symmetry; point groups; lattices, coordinate systems; crystal classes, crystal systems, lattices; space groups; indices, crystal systems; common forms and combinations in the various indices; crystal classes; and combinations in the various systems. The stereographic projection is then common forms classes. The stereographic pro- studied. systems and is then studied with special reference With this foundation, some time is spent on jection to its application to crystallographic problems. a discussion of the crystal structure of the diffraction and the appli- elements, metals, alloys, and inorganic The theory of x-ray methods is taken up as compounds. cation of x-ray powder identification of minerals. The latter part of the course is devoted to applied to the time is spent on the acquainting the student with modern x-ray The remainder of fifty of the more common diffraction and radiographic apparatus and description of some techniques, including: the theory of x-ray dif- minerals. laboratory work includes a study of fraction, the Bragg equation, powder methods, The models for symmetry forms, and single crystal and moving film methods, high crystal practical application and temperature diffraction technique as applied combinations; the stereographic projections; de- obtaining phase diagrams, back reflection construction of to minerals by x-ray powder dif- and transmitted beam methods, and practical termination of and as time permits, a start applications of these methods. fraction patterns; of minerals. The laboratory work includes: a study of is made in the identification of Mineralogy; Dana, Ford. crystal models for symmetry, forms, and Text: Textbook of stereographic Prerequisite: Ch- 101(C). combinations ; the construction 78 0. S. NAVAL POSTGRADUATE SCHOOL. 1951-1952 ELECTRICAL ENGINEERING EE Courses Fundamentals of Electrical Transmission Lines and Engineering EE- 111(C) Filters EE- 571(B DC Circuits and Fields EE- 151(C) Servomechanisms EE- 611(B Electric Circuits and Fields EE- 171(C) Transients and Servos EE- 651(B DC Machines and AC Circuits . . . EE- 231(C) Filters and Transients EE- 655(B AC Circuits EE- 241(C) Servomechanisms EE 662(A AC Circuits EE- 251(C) Lines, Filters, and Transients .. EE- 665(B AC Circuits EE- 271(C) Transients EE- 671(A AC Circuits EE- 272(C) Servomechanisms EE- 672(A AC and DC Machinery EE- 314(C) Electronics EE- 711(C DC Machinery EE- 351(C) Power Electronics EE- 731(C DC Machinery EE- 371(C) Electronic Control and Transformers and Synchros .... EE- 451(C) Measurement EE- 745(A Polyphase Transformers, Electronics EE- 751(C Synchronous Machines, and Electronics EE- 753(C Induction Motors EE- 452(C) Electronic Control and Transformers and Synchros EE- 461(C) Measurement EE- 755(A Asynchronous Motors and Electronics EE- 771(B Special Machines EE- 462(B) Electronics EE- 772(B Transformers, Asynchronous Electrical Machine Design EE- 871(A Machines, and Synchros EE- 471(C) Electrical Machine Design EE- 872(A Synchronous Machines EE- 472(C) Electrical Machine Design EE- 873(A Synchros EE- 473(B) Seminar EE- 971(A Transmission Lines and Thesis EE- 972(A Filters EE- 551(B) EE-lJl(C) Fundamentals of Electrical 3-2 are assigned and laboratory experiments ar< Engineering performed to illustrate the classroom theory This course presents a basic treatment of The course serves as a foundation for furthe: the general theory of electric and magnetic advanced study. circuits. Electrical units, Ohm's law, and Text: Basic Electrical Engineering; Cor Kirchoff's laws are studied in detail. The mag- coran. netic field and the magnetic properties of iron Prerequisites: Differential and Integral Cal- and steel are included. culus; Elementary Physics. Text: Electrical Engineering Vol. I; Dawes. Prerequisites: Differential and Integral Cal- EE-231(C) DC Machines and AC Circuits 3-z culus: Elementary Physics. This course presents the general principle: of DC machines, both motors and generators EE-151(C) DC Circuits and Fields 3-4 and of their control and application. The qual- This course provides a thorough foundation itative characteristics of the various machines in electricity and magnetism with the major are developed from basic principles. Then £ emphasis on electric and magnetic circuits. study of the theory of alternating currents is The basic laws are given and many problems begun. Experiments are performed to demon- and laboratory experiments are assigned to strate the general machine characteristics illustrate the theory. The course serves as a and the use of control devices. preparation for further study in electrical Text: Electrical Engineering, Volumes I anc engineering. II; Dawes. Text: Basic Electrical Engineering; Cor- Prerequisite: EE- 11 1(C). coran. Prerequisites: Differential and Integral Cal- EE-241(C) Alternating Current Circuits l-l culus; Elementary Physics. This course presents the essential theory for those curricula that do not require an ex- EE-171(C) Electric Circuits and Fields 3-4 tensive coverage. It consists of an elementary This course provides a very thorough foun- treatment of single-phase series and paralle dation in electricity and magnetism for a cur- circuits, resonance, vector representation riculum majoring in electrical science. The and vector algebra. The most commonly usee basic laws are given in detail. Many problems network theorems, non-sinusoidal wave anal PART III. COURSE DESCRIPTIONS 79 ysis, coupled circuits, and balanced polyphase EE-351(C) DC Machinery 2-2 circuits are presented. Laboratory and prob- This course presents the fundamentals of lem work illustrate the basic theory. direct current machinery with emphasis upon Text: Alternating Current Circuits ; Kerchner operating characteristics and applications. and Corcoran. The external characteristics are developed Prerequisite: EE- 151(C). basic relations. Problems are assigned and laboratory work supplements that of the class- EE-251(C) Alternating Current Circuits 3-4 room. This course presents the essential theory Text: Direct Current Machinery; Pender. for those curricula that do not require an ex- Prerequisite: EE-l5i(c) or ee-171(c). tensive coverage. It consists of an elementary presentation of single -phase series and parallel EE-371(C) DC Machinery 3-2 circuits, resonance, vector representation and This course gives a thorough presentation vector algebra, the most commonly used net- of the theory and performance of direct cur- work theorems, non-sinusoidal wave analysis, rent machines and control devices. Armature coupled circuits, and balanced polyphase cir- windings, armature reaction, and commutation cuits. Laboratory and problem work illustrate are fully covered. The operating character- the basic theory. istics of generators and motors are developed Text: AC Circuits; Kirchner and Corcoran. from basic relations so as to provide a foun- Prerequisite: EE- 151(C). dation for subsequent work in design. Prob- lems are assigned to illustrate the application EE-271(C) Alternating Current Circuits 3-2 of the theory. Laboratory work supplements This course and EE-272 which follows pre- the work of the classroom. sent in a thorough way the basic theory of the Text: Principles of DC Machines; Langsdorf. alternating current circuit for those curricula Prerequisite: EE- 171(C). that require an extensive coverage. The theory is developed from fundamental physical prin- Transformers and Synchros 2-2 ciples. The course covers single-phase series EE-451(C) This course gives a general treatment of and parallel circuits, resonance, vector al- transformers and synchros for the curricula gebra and vector representation of electrical treatment. It magnitudes, network theorem, non-sinusoidal that do not require an extensive covers single-phase transformer principles wave analysis, balanced polyphase circuits, and operating characteristics including the and power measurements in polyphase circuits . auto-transformer, constant current trans- Many problems and laboratory work illustrate former, and special transformers. Also, the basic theory. polyphase transformer connections and the Text: AC Circuits; Kirchner and Corcoran. polyphase transformer are covered. Single Prerequisite: EE- 171(C). phase and polyphase synchro construction features, operating characteristics, and basic EE-272(C) Alternating Current Circuits 2-2 theory are included. A comprehensive analysis This course is a continuation of EE-271. It is included of the voltage, current, and torque completes the basic theory of the alternating relations for regular and fault synchro con- urrent circuit for those curricula requiring ditions. Laboratory and problem work illus- a thorough preparation for further advanced trate the theory of the classroom. study. The course includes unbalanced poly- Text: Electrical Circuits and Machinery, phase circuits, instruments and measure- Vol. II; Hehre and Harness. ments, coupled circuits, bridge theory, and EE-25l(C). symmetrical components. Many problems and Prerequisite: Laboratory work illustrate the basic principles. Text: AC Circuits; Kerchner and Corcoran. EE-452(C) Polyphase Transformers, 3-4 Prerequisite: EE-27i(C). Synchronous Machines and Induction Motors This course is a continuation of EE-451(C). EE-314(C) DC and AC Machinery 3-4 It completes a general presentation of AC This course presents a brief treatment of machinery for those curricula that do not re- Slectrical machines for those curricula that quire an extensive treatment. Alternators, o not require advanced work in electrical synchronous motors, polyphase and single- ngineering. It consists of an elementary study phase induction motors are presented. A brief if DC machines and their characteristics, the survey of induction generators, induction Alternator, the synchronous motor, and the regulators, and the commutator type AC motor [induction motor. Laboratory and problem work is included. Laboratory and problem work illustrate the principles. illustrate the basic theory. Electrical Circuits and 1 Text: Electrical Engineering, Volumes I and Text: Machinery, II; Dawes. Vol. II; Hehre and Harness. Prerequisites: Es-iil(c); Es-H2(C). Prerequisite: EE -45 1(c). 0-J8G83 O—HI- 1 80 0. S. NAVAL POSTGRADUATE SCHOOL, 1951-1952 EE-461(C) Transformers and Synchros. 3-2 EE-472(C) Synchronous Machines 3-4 This course gives a general treatment of This course is a continuation of EE-471. transformers and synchros for the curricula Alternator and synchronous motor character- that do not require an extensive coverage. It istics are presented on the basis of cylindrical presents single-phase transformer principles motor and two reaction theories. Armature and operating characteristics including the winding, voltage and mmf waves, armature auto-transformer and special transformers. reaction, load saturation curves, regulation, Windings for synchros and induction motors, and losses are emphasized. Parallel operation, single -phase and polyphase synchro construc- frequency changers, and synchronous con- tion features, operating characteristics, and verters are presented. Many problems and basic theory are included. A comprehensive laboratory work supplement the basic theory. analysis of the voltage, current, and torque Text: AC Machinery; Bryant and Johnson. relations for regular and fault synchro con- Prerequisite: EE-471(C). ditions is presented. Laboratory and problem work illustrate the theory of the classroom. EE-473(B) Synchros 2-2 Text: Electrical Circuits and Machinery, This course presents a thorough treatment Vol. II; Hehre and Harness. of the basic theory of synchros and synchro Prerequisite: EE- 24 1(C). systems for curricula requiring preparation for further advanced study. The mathematical analysis of single phase and polyphase synchro EE-462(B) Asynchronous Motors and 4-2 systems covers voltage, current, and torque Spscial Machines relations for normal and fault conditions, This course gives an elementary presenta- vector diagrams, and equivalent circuits. tion of the principles and operating character- Problems and laboratory work supplement the istics of the induction motor and of single- theory. The course is presented in lecture phase commutator motors. Emphasis is placed form. upon the unbalanced operation of the two-phase No suitable text is available. symmetrical induction motor. Also it presents Prerequisite: EE-272(c). the theory of the amplidyne -motor, rototrol- motor, generator-motor, and motors operating EE-551(B) Transmission Lines and 3-2 under the conditions of variable voltage and Filters current supply. Emphasis is given the trans- This course presents the essential basic fer function (ratio of torque output to voltage principles of transmission lines and filters. input) necessary as a preparation for work in The topics covered are transmission line! servomechanisms. Laboratory and problem parameters, infinite line, open and shorted work supplement the theory. lines, reflection, matching, stubs, T and Pi Texts: Lecture Notes: Electrical Circuits sections, constant K and M derived sections, and Machinery, Vol. II; Hehre and Harness. and composite filters. Problems and labora- Prerequisite: EE-46l(C). tory work are included. Text: Communication Circuits; Ware and Reed. EE-471(C) Transformers, Asynchronous 3-4 Prerequisite: EE-25i(C). Machines, and Synchros. This course gives a thorough presentation EE-571(B)Transmission Lines and 3-41 of the principles and operating characteristics Filters of transformers, asynchronous machines, and This course presents a thorough coverage of synchros for the curricula requiring advanced the basic theory of transmission lines and electrical engineering work leading to design. filters for the curricula requiring preparation In detail the basic theory of single -phase and for further advanced work. The topics cov-, polyphase transformers, including auto trans- ered in detail are transmission line parameters, formers, constant current, and special trans- infinite line, open and shorted lines, reflec -, formers is presented. Polyphase induction tion, transmission line efficiency, impedance* motor principles, including armature windings, transformation, stubs, T and Pi sections,! voltage and mmf waves, and operating char- constant K and M derived sections, and com-, acteristics are emphasized. Induction gen- posite filters. Problems and laboratory work, erators, single-phase induction motors, and supplement the theory. the commutator type AC motor are included. Text: Communication Circuits; Ware and Synchro theory with an analysis of the voltage, Reed. current, and torque relations for normal and Prerequisites: EE-27l(C); EE-272(c). fault conditions is presented. Laboratory and problem work supplement the basic theory. EE-611(B) Servomechanisms 3-4 Text: AC Machinery; Bryant and Johnson. This course presents the essential basic Prerequisite: EE-272(C). prinicples of servomechanisms. The topics PART III, COURSE DESCRIPTIONS 81 covered are the amplidyne, the elements of EE-665(B) Lines, Filters, and 4-2 electrical transients, the synchro, and an Transients introduction to servomechanism devices. This course presents the essential basic Problems and laboratory work supplement the principles of transmission lines and filters. classroom theory. The topics covered are: transmission line Text: Introduction to Electric Transients; parameters, infinite line, open and shorted Kurtz and Corcoran. lines, reflection, matching, stubs. T and Pi Prerequisite: EE-3l4(c). sections, constant K and M -derived sections, and composite filters. Also included are: DC and AC transients in series, parallel, series- EE-651(B) Transients and Servos. 3-4 parallel, and coupled circuits for particular This course presents the essential basic boundary conditions using the methods of dif- principles of electrical transients and servo- ferential equations. Heaviside, Fourier, and mechanisms. The topics covered are DC and La Place methods are included. Non-linear AC transients in series, parallel, series- constants are presented. Many problems il- parallel, and coupled circuits using the meth- lustrate the basic theory and the methods of ods of differential equations and Heaviside. analysis. The La Place transform method is introduced. Text: Transients in Linear Systems; Gardner An analysis is given of servo-mechanisms and Barnes: Introduction to Electric Transients; with viscous damping and differential and in- Kurtz and Corcoran: Communication Circuits; tegral control, using the transfer function Ware and Reed. method. Problems and laboratory experiments Prerequisites: EE-24i(c), Ma-154. illustrate the theory. Texts: Transients in Linear Systems; Gard- EE-671(A) Transients 3-4 ner and Barnes; Servomechanism Fundamen- This course presents in a very thorough way tals; Lauer, Lesnick and Matson. the basic theory of electrical transients in Prerequisite: EE-45i(c). networks for the curricula requiring prepara- tion for further advanced study. The topics EE-655(B) Filters and Transients 3-2 covered are DC and AC transients in series, This course presents the essential basic parallel, series parallel, and coupled circuits principles of filters and electrical transients. for particular boundary conditions using the For filters the topics are T and Pi sections methods of differential equations. Heaviside, and composite filters. In transients the topics Fourier, and La Place. Non-linear circuits include DC and AC transients in series, par- and forcing functions other than DC and AC allel, series-parallel, and coupled circuits, are included. Many problems illustrate the using the methods of differential equations and basic theory and the methods of analysis. Heaviside. The La Place transform method Text: Transients in Linear Systems; Gard- is introduced. Problems are assigned. ner and Barnes: Introduction to Electric Tran- Texts: A.C. Circuits; Kerchner and Cor- sients; Kurtz and Corcoran. coran: Introduction to Electric Transients; Prerequisite: EE-251(C) or EE-272(c). Kurtz and Corcoran. - 3-3 Prerequisite: EE-25l(C). EE-672(A) Servomechanisms This course presents a thorough treatment of the basic theory of servomechanisms for cur- EE-662(A) Servomechanisms 3-3 ricula requiring further advanced study. In this This course presents a thorough treatment course the topics covered are elementary forms of the basic theory of servomechanisms for of control systems, servo system follow-up curricula requiring further advanced study. links, analysis of servo-mechanisms with vis- The topics covered are: elementary forms of cous damping, error rate damping, integral control systems, servo system follow-up links, control, transfer function and db-log frequency analysis of servomechanisms with viscous analysis methods, error rate stabilization net- damping, error rate damping, integral con- works, typical design calculations, and general trol, transfer function and db - log frequency considerations. Problems and laboratory work analysis methods, error rate stabilization illustrate the theory and the methods of analy- networks, typical design calculations, and sis. general considerations. Problems and labora- Text: Principles of Servomechanisms ;Brown tory work illustrate the theory and the methods and Campbell. of analysis. Prerequisites: ee-671(a); EE-452(c) or Text: Principles of Servomechanisms ; Brown EE-473(B). and Campbell: Servomechanism Fundamentals; Lauer, Lesnick and Matson. EE-711(C) Electronics 3-2 Prerequisites: ee-462(b), ee-665(b), ee- This course treats of the fundamental theory 745(A). of the electron, gaseous conduction, therionic 82 U. S. NAVAL POSTGRADUATE SCHOOL. 1951-1952 emission, and electron tube characteristics. gas -filled tubes in the control of motors, gen- The principles of the amplifier, rectifier, and erators, and mechanical devices is well cov- oscillator circuits are presented in their es- ered. Laboratory work supplements the theory. sentials. Some consideration is given to the Text: None. special tubes encountered in electronic de- Prerequisite: EE-45l(C); EE-75l(c). vices. Laboratory work serves to integrate the principles presented in the classroom with EE-755(A) Electronic Control and 3-4 practical applications and curcuits. Measurement Text: Engineering Electronics; Fink. This course presents the principles and Prerequisite: EE- 251(c). practice of electronic control and measure- ment as used in research laboratories and in EE-731(C) Power Electronics 3-2 industry. It includes the theory of basic cir- This course presents the theory of elec- cuits such as vacuum tube voltmeters, bridges, tronics and synchro instruments, and a study direct coupled amplifiers, timing circuits and of their applications to naval devices. The frequency sensitive circuits with particular theory and applications of the various types of attention to their application in industrial in- electron tubes is covered. Emphasis is placed struments for the measurement and control of upon the thyratron tube. Also the theory of the current, voltage, frequency, illuminators, selsyn instrument and its use is included. The speed, pressure, and temperature. laboratory work consists of experiments that Text: The Electronic Control Handbook; demonstrate the characteristics and applica- Batcher and Moulic: Applied Electronics; M.I.T. tions of tubes and selsyns. Remote control is staff. illustrated with laboratory models. Prerequisite: EE-75l(c). Text: Electronic Engineering Principles; Ryder. EE-771(B) Electronics 3-2 Prerequisite: EE-23l(c). This course consists of a thorough presen- tation of the theory of electron tubes and cir- EE-745(A) Electronic Control and 3-3 cuits in which they are used for those c urricula Measurement requiring preparation for further advanced This course presents the principles and work. It includes the theory of electron motion practice of electronic control and measure- in electric or magnetic fields, vacuum and gas ment as used in research laboratories and in tube characteristics, and the principles of industry. It includes the theory of basic cir- special tubes such as the ignitron, glow tube, cuits such as vacuum tube voltmeters, bridges, cathode ray tube, and phototube. Circuit theory direct coupled amplifiers, timing circuits, of rectifiers, detectors, amplifiers, and os- and frequency sensitive circuits with particular cillators is covered with particular attention attention to their application in industrial in- to industrial power and control applications. struments for the measurement and control of Laboratory experiments and problems supple- current, voltage, frequency, illuminators, ment the basic theory. speed, pressure, and temperature. Text: Applied Electronics; M.I. T. staff. Text: The Electronic Control Handbook; Prerequisite: EE- 273(C). Batcher and Moulic: Applied Electronics; MIT Staff. EE-772(B) Electronics 3-2 Prerequisite: EE- 75 1(C). This course is a continuation of EE-771(B). It presents in detail the more complicated EE-751(C) Electronics 3-4 electronic circuits encountered in practice This course treats of electron tube charac- with particular attention to the integration of teristics and the basic circuits in which tubes various components in accordance with basic are used. The theory and application of vacuum theory of stabilization and feedback. tubes and gas tubes are covered including such Text: Applied Electronics; M.I. T. staff. special tubes as the ignitron, cathode ray tube, Prerequisite: ee-771(b). and phototube. The basic theory of rectifier and amplifier circuits is developed and illus- EE-871(A) Electrical Machine Design 4-0 trated in actual commercial applications. This course presents a thorough quantitative Problems and laboratory work are designed analysis of machine characteristics using the to supplement the classroom presentation. design approach. It serves to develop an ap- Text: Electronic Engineering Principles; preciation for the limitations and possibilities Ryder. in electrical machine construction especially Prerequisite: EE -45 1(c). for naval applications, and the ability to eval- uate properly the merits of present designs. EE-753(C) Electronics 1-2 In particular, this course consists of the This course presents an analysis of elec- quantitative study and design of a transformer tronic control circuits. The use of vacuum and to meet certain specifications. Later, the PART III, COURSE DESCRIPTIONS 83 analysis of the DC machine is begun. EE-971(A) Seminar 1-0 Text: Principles Underlying the Design of In the seminar sessions papers on research Electrical Machinery; Slichter. and developments in the field of electrical Prerequisite: EE-472(c). science are presented to the more advanced groups of students. Some appreciation for EE-872(A) Electrical Machine Design 4-0 research methods is developed. In these ses- This course is a continuation of EE-871(A). sions papers treating of research in progress It consists of the completion of the quantitative and matters of major importance in electrical analysis and design of a DC machine and the engineering are delivered by the faculty and beginning of a similar analysis of the synchro- by the students pursuing an advanced engineer- nous machine. ing curriculum. Text: Principles Underlying the Design of Prerequisites: A background of advanced Electrical Machinery; Slichter. work in electrical engineering. Prerequisite: ee-871(a). EE-972(A) Thesis EE-873(A) Electrical Machine Design 4-0 This work provides an opportunity for re- This course is a continuation of EE-872(A). search and study necessary for the prepara- It consists of the completion of the quantitative tion of the thesis as required for the Master's analysis and design of a synchronous machine degree in Electrical Engineering. Individual and a similar analysis and design of the in- laboratory and library work is performed duction machine. under the general supervision of the members Text: Principles Underlying the Design of of the electrical engineering staff. Electrical Machinery; Slichter. Prerequisites: The first two years of the Prerequisite: EE -8 72(A). advanced electrical engineering curriculum. 84 U. S. NAVAL POSTGRADUATE SCHOOL, 1951-1952 ELECTRONICS ENGINEERING Es Courses Electronics Administration Es -036(C) Radio Systems Es- 327(B) D.C. Electricity Es-lll(C) Radio Systems Es- 328(B) A.C. Electricity Es-112(C) Radio Systems Es- 333(B) Circuit Analysis and Transmitters and Receivers Es- 386(C) Measurement Es-1 13(C) Radar Fundamentals Es- 421(B) Circuit Analysis and Radar System Engineering Es- 422(B) Measurement Es-114(C) Radar System Engineering Es- 423(B) Advanced Circuit Theory . . Es-12l(A) Radar System Engineering Es- 431 B Advanced Circuit Theory Es -122(A) Radar Systems Es- 432(B) Advanced Circuit Theory Es-123(A) Introduction to Radar Es 446(C) Radio Frequency Theory Es-126(C) Electronics Pulse Techniques .... Es- 447(C) Advanced Circuit Theory Es-134(A) Introduction to Radar Communications Fundamentals . . . Es-1 86(C) (Airborne) Es 456(C) Electron Tubes Es-211(C) Special Systems Es 521(B) Electron Tubes Es-212(C) Special Systems Es -522(B) Electron Tubes Es-213(C) Special Systems Es 531(B) Electron Tubes Es -2 14(C) Special Systems Es 532(B) Electron Tubes Es-225fA) Special Systems Es 586(C) Ultra-High Frequency Tubes .... Es -226(A) Electromagnetics Es 621(A) Ultra-High Frequency Tubes .... Es -227(C) Electromagnetics Es 622(A) Introduction to Radar Applica- Electromagnetics Es 623(A) tions of Vacuum Tubes Es -256(C) Electromagnetics Es •624(A) Electron Tubes and Circuits Es-26l(C) Antennas and Wave Propagation .. Es -721(B) Electron Tubes and Circuits Es-26l(C) Antennas and Wave Propagation . . Es 722(B) Electronic Fundamentals Es -28 1(C) Antennas, Transmission Vacuum Tube Circuits Es -282(C) Lines Es 736(B) Vacuum Tube Circuits Es-283(C) R. F. Energy Transmission Es 786(C) Pulsing and High-Frequency Thesis Es -831(A) Circuits Es -286(C) Thesis Es -832(A) Radio Systems Es-321(B) Project Seminar Es -836(A) Radio Systems Es -322(B) Introduction to Electronics Es -991(C) Radio Systems Es -326(B) Introduction to Electronics Es -992(C) Es-036(C) Electronics Administration 2-0 with typical circuit components and basic A problem and lecture series designed to measuring devices and their proper use. acquaint the student with the administration Text: Fundamentals of Electrical Engineer- and organization of electronics activities and ing; Hessler & Carey. applications, ashore and afloat. Army, Navy and Air Force organization; shipyard elec- ES-112(C) A C Electricity 4 _ 3 tronics organization; radio station adminis- Continuation of Es-1 11(C). Alternating cur- tration; electronics supply matters are among rent principles are introduced; sound concep- the topics covered. tions of steady state circuit analysis are de- Prerequisites: None veloped; reactance, impedance, admittance, conductance, susceptance, network theorems, Es-lll(C) D C Electricity 4-4 series and parallel circuits, complex notation, This course is laid out to develop a sound non-sinusoidal waves, resonant circuits, and conception of electromotive force, potential, elementary three phase circuit theory. resistance, current, a facility in the use of Laboratory exercises illustrate principles such basic principles as Ohm's law, Kirchhoff's and introduce measurement instruments. laws, series, parallel, and series-parallel Text: Alternating Current Circuit Theory; circuits, the theory and use of D-C instruments Reed. and bridges, the magnetic circuit, and a sim- Prerequisite: Es- 11 1(C). ple treatment of D-C transients in RL, and RC circuits. ES-113(C) Circuit Analysis and 3-3 The laboratory is designed, by the inclusion Measurements of simple experiments, to make clear the Continuation of Es- 1 12(C). This course is fundamental concepts studied in class. One of designed to develop the fundamentals and to its primary aims is to acquaint the students provide drill in elementary radio circuit anal- PART III. COURSE DESCRIPTIONS 85 ysis. In addition the student is introduced to onant methods, precision slotted lines, micro- the techniques of measurements at radio fre- wave measurements, standards of E. R. L. C. quencies. The -topics included are: coupled and F. circuits, network theorems, the infinite line, Text: Radio Frequency Measurements; radio frequency bridges, measurements in- Hartshorn. volving complex wave forms in high impedance, Prerequisites: Es-i 14(c), Es-225(a). high frequency circuits. Text: Communication Engineering; Everitt: Es-134(A) Advanced Circuit Theory 3-0 Radio Engineering; Terman: Measurements in Continuation of Es-133(A). The theory and Radio Engineering; Terman. basic design of ladder and lattice structure Prerequisite: Es- 112(c). filters are studied together with their tran- sient behavior. Es-114(C) Circuit Analysis and Meas- 3-3 Texts: Communication Networks, Vol. II; urements Guillemin: Network Analysis and Feedback Continuation of Es-1 13(C). The topics in- Amplifiers; Bode. cluded are: reflections in lines, the solution Prerequisite: Es- 133(A). of the general line, stubs, derivation and use of circle diagrams, constant K and M-defined ES-186(C) Communications Fundamentals 4-4 filters, impedance transformations, the use Course contents cover the fundamental prin- of slotted lines in impedance measurements. ciples of radio communications and basic cir- Prerequisite: Es- 113(c). cuits. Included topics are: fundamentals of energy transmission by means of radio waves; Es-121(A) Advanced Circuit Theory 3-2 basic alternating current theory; frequency Introduction to transient phenomena in elec- selectivity circuits; coupled circuits. trical networks and their solutions on the loop Text: Radio Engineering; Termap. and nodal basis; modes. Solutions are by classical methods, Fourier Integral, I_aPlace ES-211(C) Electron Tubes and Circuits 2-3 transforms. This course gives an elementary treatment Text: Communication Networks, Vol. I; of thermionic emmission, space charge, Guillemin: Frequency Analysis, Modulation, diodes, triodes, tetrodes, pentodes, cathode- andNoise; Goldman: Transients in Linear Sys- ray tubes, oscilloscope, gas tubes, thyratrons, tems; Gardner and Barnes. rectifiers, power filters and regulated power Prerequisite: Es- 114(c). supplies. Text: Electronic Circuits and Tubes; Cruft: ES- 122(A) Advanced Circuit Theory 3-2 Electron-tube circuits; Seely: Radio Engineer- Continuation of Es- 12 1(A). The LaPlace ing; Terman. transform is employed for solution of tran- Prerequisites: None sients in typical circuits used in radio and radar. Es-212(C) Electron Tubes and Circuits 2-3 Text: Transients in Linear Systems; Continuation of Es-211(C). This course em- Gardner and Barnes. phasizes the use of the vacuum tube as a Prerequisites: Es- 12 1(a). switch. Topics are timing, sweep and pulse circuits; audio voltage amplifier , square-wave Es-123(A) Advanced Circuit Theory 3-0 generator, clippers, clampers, differentia- Continuation of Es- 122(A). The transmission tors, integrators, switching, keying, trigger line as a communication facility leading to circuits, multivibrators, and oscilloscope filter theory is treated. Particular topics are, circuits. four terminal networks, Foster's reactance Text: Electronic Circuits and Tubes; Cruft: theorem with Cauer's extension, Lagrange's Electron-tube Circuits; Seely: Radio Engineer- equations, driving point impedance, principle ing; Terman. of duality, lumped loaded lines, lattice struc- Prerequisite: Es-2ll(c). tures. Text: Communication Networks, Vol. II; ES-213(C) Electron Tubes and Circuits 4-3 Guillemin. Continuation of Es-212(C). This course Prerequisite: Es- 122(a). covers power amplifiers, video and trans- former-coupled voltage amplifiers, phase in- Es-126(C) Radio Frequency Measure- 2-6 verters, cathode follower, inverse feedback, ments R-F, I-F, and wide-band tuned amplifiers, This course is designed to study the tech- feedback oscillators. niques of the measurement of voltage, current, Text: Electronic Circuits and Tubes; Cruft: power, impedance and frequency bridges in Radio Engineering; Terman: Electron-tube the various frequency ranges. The topics in- Circuits; Seely. clude a detailed study of radio frequency, res- Prerequisite: Es-2 12(C). 86 U. S. NAVAL POSTGRADUATE SCHOOL, 1951-1952 Es-214(C; Electron Tubes and Circuits 4-3 Es-262(C) Electron Tubes and Circuits 3-2 Continuation of Es-213(C) covering oscilla- Continuation of Es-26l(C). Includes feedback tors, B-F, R-C, and relaxation oscillators; amplifiers, class B and C amplifiers, oscilla- A-M, F-M, and P-M methods of modulation; tors, modulation and detection. diode, square-law, grid and plate detection; Text: Applied Electronics; M. I. T. Staff. AVC, infinite impedance detector, discrim- Prerequisite: Es-26l(c). inators; receiver principles; polyphase and controlled rectifiers; theory of electrons in Es-281(C) Electronic Fundamentals 2-2 metals, emission, semi-conductors, etc. Course contents cover the basic principles Text: Electronic Circuits and Tubes; Cruft: of electronics. Included topics are: review of Electron-tube Circuits; Seely: Radio Engineer- basic mathematical concepts; the underlying ing; Terman. physical principles of electron tube operation; Prerequisite: Es-213(C). characteristics of electron tube operation. Text: Physics; Robeson: Fundamentals of ES-225(A) Electron Tubes 3-6 Vacuum Tubes; Eastman: Mathematics for Continuation of Es-214(C). Noise, electron Electricians & Radiomen; Cooke. ballistics, electron optics, cathode-ray tubes, Prerequisites: None. photomultiplier tubes, television tubes; limita- tions of conventional tubes at ultra -high fre- Es-282(C) Vacuum Tube Circuits 4-4 quency and transit time effects. Continuation of Es-281(C). Course contents Text: Vacuum Tubes; Spangenberg. cover the operational characteristics of elec- Prerequisite: Es-214(C). tron tubes and some of their applications. In- cludedtopics are: general operational features Es-226(A) Ultra-High-Frequency Tubes 4-3 of diodes, triodes, multigrid tubes and gas Cavity resonators, klystron and magnetron tubes; amplification of small alternating volt- tubes and circuits, traveling-wave tubes, ages; power amplifiers. pulsing circuits, and related laboratory work. Text: Fundamentals of Vacuum Tubes; Text: Vacuum Tubes; Spangenberg: Radar Eastman: Radio Engineering; Terman. System Engineering; Ridenour: Principles of Prerequisite: Es-28l(C). Radar; MIT Staff. Prerequisites: Es-225(a), Es-623(A). Es-283(C) Vacuum Tube Circuits 4-3 Continuation of Es-282(C). Course contents Es-227(C) Ultra — High Frequency Tubes 3-3 cover further applications of electron tubes, Course contents cover the principles and in continuation of the course material presented underlying problems of ultra-high-frequency in Es-282(C). Included topics are: sine wave tubes. Included topics are: limitations of con- oscillators; amplitude modulation and the A-M ventional tubes at ultra-high frequency; transit transmitter; demodulation and the TRF re- time effects; electron ballistics; cavity reso- ceiver; frequency translation and the super- nators; klystrons; magnetrons; traveling-wave heterodyne A-M receiver; power supplies; tubes. The course emphasizes a descriptive frequency modulation. presentation rather than a mathematical one. Text: Fundamentals of Vacuum Tubes; Prerequisite: Es-2 14(C). Eastmen: Radio Engineering; Terman. Prerequisite: Es-282(C). Es-256(C) Introduction to Radar Applica- 2-0 tions of Vacuum Tubes Es-286 Pulsing and High-Frequency Cir- 3-2 The use of a tube as a switch. Clipping cuits device, multivibrators, sawtooth generators, Course contents cover the principles and simple R-C transient circuits. underlying problems of pulsing and high- Text: Radar Electronic Fundamentals; frequency circuit operation. Included topics Navships 900,016. are: characteristics of nonsimusoidal waves; Prerequisites: None. pulse-shaping techniques; the sawtooth gen- erator, multivibrator, and blocking oscillator; ES-261(C) Electron Tubes and Circuits 3-2 problems and techniques of high-frequency The first term of a two-term course in the circuit operation; the magnetron and velocity- fundamentals and general applications of elec- modulated tubes; guided waves. tron tubes and circuits, primarily for non- Text: Radar Electronic Fundamentals; communication students. Includes emission, Navships 900, 016: Principles of Radar; M. I. T. characteristics of vacuum and gas tubes, rec- Staff. tifiers and filters, grid-controlled rectifiers, Prerequisite: Es-282(c). class A amplifiers. Text: Applied Electronics; M. I. T. Staff. Es-321(B) Radio Systems 3-3 Prerequisites: Es-1 11(C), Es- 112(c). This course is the first of a sequence of PART III. COURSE DESCRIPTIONS 87 five on the engineering applications of theo- Engineer's Handbook; Terman: Microwave retical electronics to the specific problems of Receivers; MIT RadLab Staff: and other selected radio communications and electronic systems references. • aimed to give the student experience in design Prerequisite: Es- 326(B). and to integrate his previous theoretical training as applied in radio systems engineer- Es-328(B) Radio Systems 2-3 ing. This course continues the systems series. Included is a general survey of the basic Included are the application of teletype and problems of a communications system with frequency shift-keying to radio transmission, emphasis on the design of transmitters for tone multiplex, applications of multiplexing to medium and high frequencies. remote control, single side-band transmission Text: Radio Engineer's Handbook; Terman: theory and basic single side-band multiplex War Department Technical Manual, TM1 1-486 transmitter and receiver design. (Electrical Communication System Engineer- Text: Naval Instruction Books: Instructor's ing): Navy Equipment Instruction Books. Notes. Prerequisites: Es-225(A) and Ma-104(A). Prerequisite: Es- 32 7(B). ES-322(B) Radio Systems 3-3 This is a continuation of the series begun in Es-333(B) Radio Systems 2-3 Es-321(B). Emphasis is placed upon the design This course continues the systems series. of receivers for the reception of amplitude Included are the application of teletype and modulated signals in the medium and high fre- frequency shift-keying to radio transmission, quency bands. The design problem is extended tone multiplex, applications of multiplexing to to include the VHF region and the changes in- remote control, single side-band transmission troduced by the use of frequency and phase theory and basic single side-band multiplex modulation. transmitter and receiver design. Text: Radio Receiver Design; Sturley: Radio Text: Naval Instruction Books: Instructor's Engineer's Handbook; Terman: Microwave Notes. Receivers; MIT RadLab: and other selected Prerequisite: Es- 322(B) references. Prerequisite: Es- 32 1(B). Es-386(C) Transmitters and Receivers 3-3 Course contents cover the operational char- Es-326(B) Radio Systems 3-3 acteristics of typical Navy type transmitters This course is the first of a sequence of five and receivers. Included topics are frequency on the engineering applications of theoretical standards and meters; Navy transmitters; electronics to the specific problems of radio Navy receivers. communications and electronics systems, Text: Lecture Notes: Equipment Instruction aimed to give the student an appreciation of the Books. problems encountered in such systems design Prerequisites: Es-283(C), Es-786(C). and to integrate his previous theoretical training as applied in radio systems engineer- ES-421(B) Fundamentals 2-3 ing. Radar / Course context covers the principles and Included is a general survey of the basic underlying problems of pulse techniques. In- problems of a communications system with cluded topics are pulse shaping, switching, emphasis on typical designs employed in trans- clipping, differentiating, integrating, sweep- mitters for medium and high frequencies. circuit generators, characteristics such Text: Radio Engineer's Handbook; Terman: CRT phosphors and electron optics. War Department Technical Manual, TM 11-486 as Principles of Radar; M. I. T. Radar (Electrical Communication System Engineer- Text: School Staff. ing): Navy Equipment Instruction Books. Prerequisite: Es- 114(C). Prerequisites: Es- 114(C) and Es-2 14(C). ES-327(B) Radio Systems 4-3 ES-422(B) Radar System Engineering 3-3 This is a continuation of the series begun in Fundamental principles of radar. Theory of Es-326(B). Emphasis is placed upon typical operation of radar timing circuits, indicators, circuit designs of receivers for the reception modulators, transmitters, RF systems and of amplitude modulated signals in the medium receivers, radar range equation. Related and high frequency bands. Circuit modifications laboratory work given concurrently. to include the VHF region and the changes in- Text: Radar System Engineering; Ridenour: troduced by the use of frequency and phase Principles of Radar; M. I. T. Radar School modulation are also covered. Staff. Text: Radio Receiver Design; Sturley: Radio Prerequisite: Es -42 1(B). 88 U. S. NAVAL POSTGRADUATE SCHOOL. 1951-1952 Es-423(B) Radar System Engineering 3-6 studies of current airborne systems with em- Continuation of Es-422(B). Study of represen- phasis on operational limitations, propagation tative search, fire-control and IFF systems, phenomena, types of presentation, and anti- including airborne, with particular attention jam techniques, Laboratory on current airborne to design features. Study of current radar radar equipment. developments. Related laboratory work on Text: Principles of Radar; M. I. T. Radar current Navy radar equipment. School Staff. Text: Radar System Engineering; Ridenour. Prerequisite: None. Prerequisite: Es -422(B). ES-521(B) Special Systems 3-3 Es-431(B) Radar System Engineering 3-3 A continuation of the series starting with Es- Fundamental principles of radar. Theory of 326(B). Pulse Modulation principles, pulse operation and design features of radar timing time modulation multiplex, principles of tele- circuits, indicators, modulators, transmitters, vision, television receiver and transmitter de- RF systems and receivers. Related laboratory sign practice, facsimile, and basic telemetering work given concurrently. systems. Text: Radar System. Engineering; Ridenour: Text: Naval Instruction Books: Instructor's Principles of Radar, Second Ed; M. I. T. Radar Notes. School Staff. Prerequisite: Es-327(B). Prerequisite: Es-226(A). ES-522(B) Special Systems 3-3 ES-432(B) Radar System Engineering 3-6 A continuation of the special systems series. Continuation of Es-431(B) Study of represent- Principles of radio direction finding and navi- ative search, firecontrol and IFF system s, in- gation, and radio and radar counter-measures. . cluding airborne, with particular attention to Text: Very High Frequency Techniques, Vol. design features. Study of current radar devel- I, Loran; M. I. T. RadLab. Staff: Other selected opments, Related laboratory work on current references. Navy radar equipment. Prerequisite: Es- 521(b). Text: Radar System Engineering; Ridenour. Prerequisite: Es-43l(B) Es-531(B) Special Systems 3-3 A continuation of the series starting with Es'- ES-446(C) Introduction to Radar 2-2 321(B). Pulse modulation principles, pulse A study of the radar range equation, i.e., time modulation multiples, principles of tele- effect of pulse duration, pulse repetition fre- vision, television receiver and transmitter quency, types of targets, etc. Block diagram design, facsimile, and basic telemetering sys- studies of current firecontrol systems, with tems. emphasis on operational limitations, propaga- Text: Naval Instruction Books: Instructor's tion phenomena, types of presentation, and Notes. anti-jam techniques. Laboratory work to em- Prerequisite: Es- 333(B) phasize operational techniques of current fire- control systems. Es-532(B) Special Systems 3-3 Text: Principles of Radar; M. I. T. Radar A continuation of the special systems series. School Staff. Principles of radio direction finding and navi- Prerequisite: None. gation, and radio and radar countermeasures. Text: Very High Frequency Techniques, Es-447(C) Electronics Pulse Techniques 3-0 Vol. I, Loran; MIT RadLab Staff: and other This course presents the basic principles of selected references. pulse shaping circuits; clippers, peakers, gat- Prerequisite: Es-53l(B) ers, etc. , etc. pulse forming networks and , artificial lines. Also RF, IF, and video am- Es-586(C) Special Systems 3-3 plifiers are treated from the view point of pulse Course contents cover Navy electronic sys- amplification, distortion tolerances and re- tems other than communications transmitters quirements. and receivers. Included topics are: loran sys- The course is directed toward preparing the tems; radar systems; image transmission sys- students for more advanced courses in radar. tems; frequency- shift keying techniques; mul- Texts: Radar System Engineering; Ridenaur: tiplex systems. Principles of Radar; M. I. T. Radar School Staff. Text: Lecture Notes: Equipment Instruction Prerequisite: None. Books. ES-456(C) Introduction to Radar (Airborne)2-2 Es-621(A) Electromagnetics 3-0 A study of the radar range equation, i. e. An introduction to the fundamental definitions effect of pulse duration, pulse repetition fre- and circuit parameters later to be used in reso- quency, types of targets, etc. Block diagram nant cavities, wave guides, wave propagation, . PART III, COURSE DESCRIPTIONS 89 etc. , as exemplified through the differential classic Maxwell equation type of approach. The equations solution of lump circuits and trans- emphasis is on practical problem s encountered mission lines . An application of vector analysis in communications engineering, including se- to electrostatics and magneto statics in rectan- lection of proper antennas for various services gular and in generalized coordinates, including as well as proper frequencies for optimum the gradient, divergence, and curl of electro- transmission. magnetic fields; scalor and vector potentials; Text: Instructor's Notes: Antennas; Kraus: energy stored in electric and in magnetic fields. Antennas; Transmission Lines, and Wave- Text material is considerably amplified in class guides; King, Mimno, and Wing. lectures. Prerequisites: Es-327(B), Es-l 14(c). Texts: Fields and Waves in Modern Radio; Ramo and Whinnery. Es-722(B) Antennas and Wave 3-3 References: Principles of Electricity and Propagation Electromagnetism; Hanwell: Electromagnetic Continuation of Es-721(B). Theory; Stratton: Electromagnetic Waves; Text: Same as Es-721(B). Schelkunoff Prerequisite: Es-72l(B). Prerequisite: Ma- 124 Es-736(B) Antennas, Transmission 3-3 ES-622(A) Electromagnetics 4-0 Lines A continuation of Es-621(A). An application This course presents the engineering prob- of complex variables to potential theory; deri- lems associated with the practical design of vation of capacitance and inductance per unit antennas, antenna systems, and transmission length for open wire and co-axial transmission lines. A technique of rapid approximation of lines; application of Bessel equations to poten- antenna fieldpatterns is presented. All of com- tial theory; Maxwell's equations; relations be- mon receiving and transmitting antennas are tween units; Poisson's equations; retarded presented and analyzed. The problems inherent vector potentials; radiation from current dipole, in the various frequency ranges are discussed halfwave antennas, radiation resistance of half- including the microwave region. The problem wave antennas in terms of Ci and Si functions; of efficient transmission of R .F. energy, match- antenna arrays; field patterns and gain of yagi ing, phasing and achieving proper current dis- arrays; input impedance of yagi arrays. tributions are studied. The classwork is ac- Text: Same as Es-621(A). companied by considerable problem drill and Prerequisite: Es-621(A). measurements on typical systems. i Prerequisite: Es-624(a). Es-623(A) Electromagnetics 4-0 A continuation of Es -622(A). Skin effect and Es-786(C) R-F Energy Transmission 3.2 internal impedance, solutions involving Bessel Course contents cover the principles and techniques of energy and Hankel functions; calculation of inductance. transmission by means of Propagation and reflection of plane electro- radio-frequency waves. Included topics are: conditions for magnetic waves; attenuation; power factor; maximum energy transfer be- waves guided by lossy planes; solutionsof Max- tween circuits; R-F transmission lines for well's equations for rectangular and cylindrical energy transfer; lines as circuit elements; wave guides. principles of energy radiation; directional- Text: Same as Es-621(A). radiation techniques; propagation characteris- Prerequisite: Es-622(a). tics. Two hr. P-work periods occasionally used for lecture-demonstrations. ES-624(A) Electromagnetics 3-0 Text: Radio Engineering; Terman; Radar A continuation ofEs-623(A) radial disk trans- Electronic Fundamentals; NavShips 900, 016. mission lines; resonant cavities; generalized Prerequisite: Es-l 86(C) Maxwell's equations; generalized method of Es-831(A) Thesis 2-0 deriving radiation field patterns; radiation re- This course provides the student with the sistance; long straight wire antenna; Vee antenna opportunity for study and research in connec- radiation from end of wave guide; rhombic an- tion with the preparation of the thesis as re- tenna; non-uniform transmission line; input quired in Electronics Curricula. Few formal impedance of antennas. classes are scheduled, instead the student is Text: Same as Es-623(A). concerned with the choice of a suitable topic Prerequisite: Es-623(A). and does the necessary preliminary library and laboratory work. Staff members are consulted Es-721(B) Antennas and Wave Propagation 3-3 as the work progresses. This course is designed to give the student the best possible understanding of the problems Es-832(A) Thesis 4-0 involved in the radiation and propagation of This course continues and completes the electromagnetic energy without the use of the preparation of the thesis begun in Es-831(A). 90 U. S. NAVAL POSTGRADUATE SCHOOL, 1951-1952 ES-836(A) Project Seminar 1-0 dent officer with the general principles, capa- This course provides the student with the op- bilities and limitations of radio, sonar and portunity to prepare a report on the project in radar and to give him a limited familiarity with which he was engaged during his experience at equipment. The following topics will be studied an industrial laboratory. The student is re- in an elementary manner; resonant circuits; quired to give an oral seminar report. principles of vacuum tubes; their actions as oscillators, amplifiers, detectors, modulators; Es-991(C) and 992(C) Introduction to general principles of transmitters and receiv- Electronics 2-0 ers, both AM and FM; antennas; wave propaga- This course will continue through two consec - tion; basic principles of radar and sonar. utive terms and is intended to acquaint the stu- Prerequisites: None. PART III. COURSE DESCRIPTIONS 91 FOREIGN LANGUAGE La Courses German La-lOl(C) Russian La-201(C) German La-102(C) Russian La-202(C) German La-103(C) Russian La-203(C) German La-104(C) Russian La-204(C) German La-105(C) Russian La-205(C) German La-106(C) Russian La-206(C) German La-107(C) Russian La-208(C) German La-108(C) La-lOl(C) German 2-0 La-201(C) Russian 2-0 This course will include study of grammar, This course will include study of necessary sufficient for reading intelligently scientific grammatical constructions for reading, use of works in German, use of dictionaries, and dictionaries, and practice in translating mate- practice in translating from German to English. rial from Russian to English. Chief emphasis The main emphasis will be placed on the ac- will be placed on the acquisition of a large, quisition of a large, technical reading vocabu- technical reading vocabulary. lary. Text: Selections from: Estestvoznznie, Texts: Shorter College German; Evans, Teturev; Geografia, Terchova and Erdeli, Roseler: Reading German; Morgan, Stroth- Fizichekaya Geografia, Barkov and Polovinkin: mann: New German Dictionary; He'ath. Colloguial Russian; Sieff: Russian-English Prerequisite: None. Dictionary; Muller. Prerequisite: None. La-102(C), La-103(C), La-104(C) La-105(C), La-106(C), La-107(C) 2-0 and La-108(C) German La-202(C), La-203(C), La-204(C) These courses are progressive continuations La-205(C), La-206(C), La-208(C) 2-0 of the course La-101, and follow one another Russian in the order given. Each course is given in a These courses are progressive continuations separate term; is an advancement over the of course La-201(C). and follow one another in preceding course; and leads to the ability to the order given. Each course is given in a read technical German publications in Meteor- separate term; is an advancement over the pre- ology. ceding course; and leads to the ability to read Text: An Anthology of Scientific German; Russian publications in Meteorology. Wilde. Texts: As selected. Prerequisite: La- 10 1(C) or the preceding Prerequisite: La-201(C) or the preceding listed La-course. listed La-course. 92 U. S. NAVAL POSTGRADUATE SCHOOL, 1951-1952 GEOLOGY Ge Courses Geology, Physical . . . Ge -101(C) Minerology, Determinative Ge -302(C) Geology of Petroleum Ge -241(C) Petrology Ge -40 1(C) Ge-101(C) Physical Geology 3-0 Ge-302(C) Determinative Mineralogy 1-4 This course initiates the student into the The lectures are designed to familiarize the study of the various geological phenomena. student with the principles and technique in- Among the principle topics discussed are: rock- volved in determining minerals in the labora- forming minerals; igneous, sedimentary, and tory. The laboratory periods are spent in the metamorphic rocks; weather ring and erosion; determination of some fifty of the more com- stream sculpture; glaciation; surface and sub- mon minerals by blowpipe, chemical, x-ray surface waters; volcanism; dynamic processes; diffraction and crystallographic methods. The structural geology; and interpretation of topo- student is also made familiar with the methods graphic maps. employed in the use of chemical microscopy Frequent reference is made to other than the for the determination of certain elements. prescribed textbook: The course is given as Text: Determinative Mineralogy; Lewis, much as possible to stress those topics of parti- Hawkins: Textbook of Mineralogy; Dama, Ford. cular interest to the petroleum engineer. Prerequisite: Cr- 30 1(B). Text: Physical Geology; Longwell, Flint, Knopf. Ge-401(C) Petrology and Petrography 2-3 Prerequisite: None. The course consists of a series of lectures on the differentiation of magmas into the various Ge-241(C) Geology of Petroleum 2-2 igneous rock series on the basis of physical This course includes discussions on the ori- chemical theories; the characteristics, struc- gin, accumulation, and structure which aid in tures and textures of igneous rocks; the sedi- the accumulation of petroleum, its general oc- mentary rocks, their origin and types with par- currence and distribution. The important oil ticular emphasis on the oil-bearing rocks; the fields of the world are then taken up in detail metamorphic rocks, mineral alteration, meta- as to the occurrence and associated structures morphism and the resultant rock types. The in particular fields. The following regions are laboratory work consists of the study of the studied: Eastern United States, Mid -Continent, various rocks in hand specimens, and in thin Gulf Coast, Rocky Mountains, Pacific Coast, selections under the petrographic microscope. North America (except U.S.), West Indies, When practicable, the course is supplemented South America, Europe, Russia, Oceans and by trips to nearby localities to study rocks and Asia. This course is supplemented by reading minerals in the field. assignments in the current petroleum and pe- Text: Rocks and rock minerals; Pirsson, troleum geology journals. Knopf. Text: Principles of Petroleum Geology; Prerequisites: Ge-lOl(C), Cr- 30 1(B). l_alicker. Prerequisite: Ge- 10 1(C) PART III. COURSE DESCRIPTIONS 93 INDUSTRIAL ENGINEERING IE Lecture Courses Principles of Industrial Applied Industrial Organization . . . IE-103(C) Organization I IE-101(C) Psychophysical Systems Research. IE-104(C) IE-101(C) Principles of Industrial 0-1 pattern followed is a delineation of the broad Organization (Lecture Course) aspects of a large organization followed by ex- A study of the origin and growth of industrial planation of the lower echelons of the organiza- enterprises, principles of organization, control tion. and production, systems research, standards Text: None. and standardization, industrial relations, and Prerequisite: IE- 101 or IE- 102. the effects of science upon industry. This course is presented in a series of ten lectures, given IE-104(C) Physchophysical Systems 0-1 by an authority in the field of Management Research (Lecture Course) Engineering, covering the material listed above. A series of five lectures given by authorities Text: None. in the field of Psychophysical Systems Research Prerequisites: None covering the background of research in human engineering; quantitative methods employed in IE-103(C) Applied Industrial Organi- 0-1 psychophysical research and tests; optimum zation (Lecture Course) physical conditions of operation of instruments; A study of the application of the principles of problems of equipment design; basic research Industrial Organization to the structure of in- in the design of the instruments; the design of dustrial enterprises. In a series often lectures, tasks; the working environment; the appraisal given by representatives of major industries, and design of systems. an overall picture of the structure of major Text: None. industrial organizations is presented. The Prerequisites: None. 94 U. S. NAVAL POSTGRADUATE SCHOOL, 1951-1952 MARINE ENGINEERING NE Courses Main Propulsion . NE -10 1(C) Engineering Department Auxiliary Machinery NE- 102(C) Organization NE-103(C) NE-101(C) Main Propulsion 3-0 trical distribution systems, storage batteries, A practical study of naval steam-turbine- re- motors and controllers, lighting, interior duction-gear propulsion plants and their auxil- communication systems, searchlights and iaries. Subjects treated include boilers, forced electrical measuring instruments. draft blowers, fuel oil and fuel oil equipment, Text: Bureau of Ships Manual; Naval Ma- boiler feed water systems, piping and valves, chinery 1946; Bureau of Ships Bulletins of In- gaskets and packing, pumps and governors, formation. main turbines, condensers and air ejectors, Prerequisites: None. reduction gears, bearings and shafting propel- lors, lubrication and lubricants. NE-103(C) Engineering Department ©t-=— 2-0 Text: Bureau of Ships Manual; Naval Machin- -g-an-iz-atrrjh ery 1946; Bureau of Ships Bulletins of Informa- A study of the administrative duties of the tion. Engineer Officer afloat Subjects treated include: Prerequisites: None. engineering department organization, routine tests and inspections, machinery index, ma- NE-102(C) Auxiliary Machinery 3-0 chinery history, current ship's maintenance A practical study of naval machinery other project, ship's force overhauls, tender over- than main propulsion machinery. Subjects hauls, navy shipyard overhauls, supplies, spare treated include auxiliary turbines, mechanical parts, requisitions, engineering-casualty con- measuring instruments, hydraulic speedgears, trol, safety precautions , engineering competi- diesel (auxiliary) engines, compressed air tion, and economical operation of engineering plants, welding and cutting, distilling plants, plants. refrigeration plants, electrical plants (gen- Text: Prepared lecture stencils. eral), generators and voltage regulators, elec- Prerequisites: None. PART III. COURSE DESCRIPTIONS 95 MATHEMATICS Ma Courses Introduction to Engineering Matrices and Engineering Mathematics Ma -101(C) Applications Ma-155(A) Differential Equations Algebra, Trigonometry and and Series Ma -102(C) Analytic Geometry Ma-l6l(C) Functions of Several Variables Introduction to Calculus Ma- 162(C) and Vector Analysis Ma -103(B) Special Topics in Calculus Ma-171(C) Partial Differential Equations Fourier Series and Related and Related Topics Ma -104(A) Topics Ma-172(C) Fourier Series and Boundary Functions of Several Variables and Value Problems Ma -105(A) Introduction to Vector Methods. Ma-173(B) Complex Variable and Introduction to Laplace Trans - Laplace Transform Ma -106(A) form and Related Topics Ma-174(B) Orthogonal Functions and Vector Algebra and Geometry . . . Ma-180(C) Integral Equations Ma -107(A) Directional Derivatives and Topics in Advanced Calculus Ma -109(A) Line Integrals Ma-181(C) Matrices and Numerical Differential Equations and Methods Ma -116(A) Vector Analysis . .. Ma-182(B) Mathematics of Stability Complex Variables and the Analysis Ma -118(A) Differential Equations of Algebraic Equations and Theoretical Physics Ma-183(B) Series Ma -131(C) Matrices, Tensors, and Topics in Engineering Variations Ma-184(A) Mathematics Ma -132(C) Matrices, Laplace Transforms, Vector Mechanics and and Variations Ma- 194(A) Introduction to Statistics Ma -134(B) Graphical and Mechanical Partial Differential Equations and Computation Ma-201(C) Numerical Methods Ma -135(B) Graphical and Mechanical Introduction to Engineering Computation Ma-251(C) Mathematics Ma -151(C) Statistics Ma-301(B) Differential Equations and Statistics Ma-331(A) Boundary Value Problems Ma -152(B) Probability Ma-381(B) Vector Analysis and Introduction to Probability and Statistics Ma-382(A) Partial Differential Equations . . Ma 153(B) Statistics Ma-383(A) Partial Differential Equations Mathematical Computation and Functions of a Complex by Physical Means Ma -40 1(A) Variable Ma 154(A) Theory of Games Ma-501(A) Ma-101(C) Introduction to Engineering 5-0 tion to elliptic integrals. Fourier series, nu- Mathematics merical harmonic analysis. Vector algebra and Introduction to infinite series, multiple the solid analytic geometry of planes & lines. integrals, Hyperbolic functions and differential Text: Higher Mathematics; Sokolnikoff and equations; linear equations and determinants; Sokolnikoff: Elementary Vector Analysis; Graeffe's root- squaring method; elementary Weatherburn: New Analytic Geometry; Smith, operations with complex numbers. Gale and Neeley: Calculus; Granville, Smith Text: Higher Mathematics; Sokolnikoff and and Longley. Sokolnikoff: Differential Equations (Revised); Prerequisite: Ma- 10 1(C). Cohen: Elements of the Differential and Inte- gral Calculus; Granville; Smith and Longley. Ma-103(B) Functions of Several 5-0 Prerequisite: A special review course in Variables and Vector Analysis differential and integral calculus, or equivalent. A continuation of Ma- 102(C). Elementary matrix theory and applications. Analytic ge- Ma-102(C) Differential Equations and 5-0 ometry of curves and surfaces and applications Series of partial derivatives. Differentiation of vectors; A continuation ofMa-101(C). Further study differential operators. Line, surface, and of ordinary differential equations and their ap- space integrals and applications; divergence plications; stability criteria; systems of linear theorem and theorems of Green and of Stokes. differential equations with constant coefficients. Curvilinear coordinates. Introduction to analy- Operations on series, power series; introduc- tic functions of a complex variable. 948683 O—SI- 96 U. S. NAVAL POSTGRADUATE SCHOOL. 1951-1952 Text: Higher Mathematics; Sokolnikoff and Ma-107(A) Orthogonal Functions and 3-0 Sokolnikoff: Elementary and Advanced Vector Integral Equations Analysis; Weatherburn: New Analytic Ge- A study of orthogonal functions and of Sturm- ometry; Smith, Gale and Neeley: Calculus; Liouville and other eigenvalue problems, illus- Granville, Smith and Longley. trated by Fourier series, Bessel functions, and Prerequisite: Ma- 102(c). the polynomials of Legendre, Hermite, Jacobi and Laguerre; solution of integral equations by the method of interation, of Fredholm, and of Ma-104(A) Partial Differential Equations 5-0 Hilbert-Schmidt; applications. and Related Topics Text: Fourier Series and Boundary Value A continuation of Ma- 103(B). Total differen- Problems; Churchill: Fourier Series and Ortho- tial equations and systems of ordinary differ- gonal Polynomials; Jackson: Mathematics of ential equations. Linear and other first order Physics and Chemistry; Margenau and Murphy. and special cases of higher order partial dif- Prerequisite: Permission of Instructor. ferential equations with special emphasis on coefficients. those having constant Solution of Ma-109(A) Topics in Advanced 3-0 ordinary differential equations in series; gam- Calculus beta, fucntions; ma, Bessel and I_egendre in- Extension of natural numbers to real number troduction to boundary value problems and system; basic theorems on limits; continuity orthogonal functions with applications to heat and differentiation properties of functions; the of strings flow vibrations and membranes and definite integral and improper definite integrals; flow of electricity in a cable. Interpolation infinite series. formulas of Newton, Stirling and Lagrange, Text: Differential and Integral Calculus, quadrature formulas and numerical integration Volume I; Courant. differential equations and systems. of ordinary Prerequisite: Ma -104(A) or Ma -1&4(A) or one Higher Mathematics; Sokolnikoff and Text: of these to be taken concurrently. Sokolnikoff: Differential Equations (Revised); Cohen: Numerical Mathematical Analysis; Ma-116(A) Matrices and Numerical 4-0 Scarborough. Methods Prerequisite: Ma- 103(B). Elementary properties and types of matrices; matrix algebra; calculus of matrices; latent Ma-105(A) Fourier Series and Boundary 4-0 roots and characteristic vectors of matrices; Value Problems numerical operations with matrices; numerical Derivation of the basic partial differential solution of systems of linear equations and of equations of theoretical physics. Study of the algebraic equations; numerical methods for trigonometric, Bessel and Legendre functions, solving boundary value problems and ordinary and other systems of orthogonal functions. The differential equations. Sturm- Liouville theory. Solution of boundary Text: Elementary Matrices; Frazer, Duncan value problems by orthogonal series. Method and Collar: Reprints of articles from profes- of Relaxation. Uniqueness of the solution. sional journals. Text: Fourier Series and Boundary Value Prerequisite: Ma -154(A) Problems; Churchill: Numerical Solution of Ma-118(A) Mathematics of Stability Partial Differential Equations; Emmons H. W. Analysis (Quart. Appl. Math., 2, 1944, 173-195). This course covers topics important in the Prerequisite: Ma- 104(a). study of aircraft flight performance. These topics include differential operator methods, Ma-106(A) Complex Variable and La- 4-0 Laplace transform methods, matrix algebra, place Transform Lagringe's equations, complex variable theory Analytic functions; Cauchy's theorem and and non linear differential equations. formula, Taylor and Laurent series, residues, Text: Applied Mathematics for Engineers contour integration, conformal mapping. La- and Physicists, Pipes. place transform and its use in solving ordinary Prerequisite: Ma 104(A) differential equations; special theorems and manipulations for the Laplace transform; ap- Ma-131(C) Algebraic Equations and 3-0 plication to partial differential equations and Series difference equations. Solution of algebraic equations, Graeffe's Text: Introduction to Complex Variables and method. Determinants and systems of linear Applications; Churchill: Modern Operational equations. Fundamentals of series. Power Mathematics in Engineering; Churchill: Tran- series and applications. Fourier Series. sients in Linear Systems; Gardner and Barnes. Text: Higher Mathematics; Sokolnikoff and Prerequisite: Ma- 104(A) or special per- Sokolnikoff: Calculus; Granville, Smith and mission. Longley. PART III, COURSE DESCRIPTIONS 97 Prerequisite: A special review course in Prerequisite: A special review course in differential and integral calculus or the equiva- differential and integral calculus, or the equiva- lent. lent. Ma-132(C) Topics in Engineering Mathe- 5-0 Ma-152(B) Differential Equations and 4-0 matics Boundary Value Problems Introduction to three-dimensional analytics A continuation of Ma- 15 1(C) systems of ordi- and vectors. Partial differentiation and multi- nary linear differential equations with constant ple integrals. Ordinary differential equations coefficients ; the Laplace transform; numerical of first order. Linear differential equations integration of differential equations; series with constant coefficients. solutions of differential equations; boundary Text: Analytic geometry; Smith, Gale and value problems and orthogonal functions in- Neeley: Higher Mathematics; Sokolnikoff and cluding Fourier series. Sokolnikoff: Elementary Vector Analysis; Text: Advanced Calculus for Engineers, Weatherburn: Differential Equations; Cohen. Hildebrand; Ordinary Differential Equations, Prerequisites: A special review course in Golomb and Shanks. differential and integral calculus or the equiva- Prerequisite: Ma-15l(C) lent, and Ma-131(C) to be taken concurrently. 3-0 Ma-134(B) Vector Mechanics and 5-0 Ma-153(B) Vector Analysis and Introduc- tion to Partial Differential Equations Introduction to Statistics continuation of 152(B) introduction to Vector equations of motion. Streamlines and A Ma- the algebra and calculus of vectors with geo- trajectories. Ir rotational, solenoidal and linear applications; line, and volume vector fields. Elementary differential geometry metric surface integrals involving vector fields with applica- of surfaces. Fundamentals of probability. Pre- tions to fluid flow problems, differentiation liminary considerations in the analysis of ob- the integral sign and introduction to par- servational data. Bernoulli and Poisson distri- under tial differential equations. butions. Text: Advanced Calculus for Engineers; Text: Advanced Vector Analysis; Weather- Hildegrand: Higher Mathematics; Sokolnikoff burn: Analytic Geometry of Space; Snyder and Sokolnikoff: Analytic Geometry; Smith, Sisam: Theory of Probability; Scheffe: Elemen- and New Neelley. tary Statistical Analysis; Wilks. Gale and Prerequisite: Ma- 103(b) Prerequisite: Ma- 152(B) Ma-135(B) Partial Differential 4-0 Ma-154(A) Partial Differential Equations 3-0 Equations and Numerical Methods and Functions of a Complex Variable Total differential equations and systems of A continuation of Ma- 153(B) solution of the linear differential equations. Partial differen- Laplace and Poisson partial differential equa- tial equations. Introduction to orthogonal func- tions occurring in engineering; functions of a tions and boundary value problems with appli- complex variable; analytic functions; line in- cations to physics. Numerical interpolation, tegrals; singularities; residues; evaluation of differentiation and integration. Elementary integrals; conformal mapping and applications. alignment charts. Text: Advanced Calculus for Engineers; Text: Differential Equations (Revised); Hildebrand. Cohen: Fourier Series and Boundary Value Prerequisite: Ma- 153(B) Problems; Churchill: Numerical Mathematical Analysis; Scarborough. Ma-155(A) Matrices and Engineering 3-0 Prerequisite: Ma- 103(b) Applications Elementary properties and types of matrices; Ma-151(C) Introduction to Engineering 4-0 the differential and integral calculus ofmat- Mathematics rices; latent roots and characteristic vectors Partial differentiation; multiple integrals; of matrices; application of matrix theory to determinants; solution of linear equations and linear systems of differential equations; matrix of algebraic equations; algebra of complex methods in the kinematics and dynamics of me- numbers; introduction to infinite series and chanical systems; computation of the fastest ordinary differential equations. and slowest modes of vibration of a system by Text: Higher Mathematics; Sokonikoff and matrix product iteration. Sokolnikoff: Ordinary Differential Equations; Text: Elementary Matrices; Frazer, Duncan Golomb and Shanks: Elements of the differen- and Collar: Mathematical Methods in Engineer- tial and Integral Calculus; Granville, Smith ing; Karman and Biot. and Longley: New Analytic Geometry; Smith, Prerequisites: Ma- 103(B) or Ma- 153(B) and Gale and Neelley. Mc-102(C). 98 U. S. NAVAL POSTGRADUATE SCHOOL, 1951-1952 Ma-161(C) Algebra, Trigonometry and 5-0 differential equations of higher order and sys- Analytic Geometry tems of such equations ; introduction to Laplace Review of elementary algebraic operations. Transform. Exponent laws and logarithms. Variables and Text: Higher Mathematics; Reddick and functions of variables. Coordinate representa- Miller: Complex Variables; Churchill: Modern tion of functions; graphs. The trigonometric Operational Mathematics in Engineering; functions. The straight line and its slope. Si- Churchill. multaneous linear equations. The quadratic Prerequisite: Ma- 173(B). equation. Elementary equations of the conies. Text: A first year of College Mathematics; Ma-180(C) Vector Algebra and 2-0 Brink. Geometry Prerequisite: None. Coordinates and related concepts in three dimensions; algebra of vectors and complex Ma-162(C) Introduction to Calculus 5-0 numbers; lines and planes; determinants and The limit concept. The derivatives of ele- systems of linear equations. mentary functions. Elementary applications of Text: New Analytic Geometry; Smith, Gale derivatives. Differentials, higher order deriv- and Neelley: Vector Analysis; Phillips: Com- atives and curvature. The integral as an anti- plex Variables; Churchill. derivative and as an area. Elementary applica- Prerequisite: A special review course in tions of integration. Partial differentiation and differential and integral calculus, or the equiv- total differential. alent. Text: Elements of the Differential and Inte- Directional Derivatives 4-0 gral Calculus (Revised Edition); Granville, Ma-181(C) and Smith and Longley. Line Integrals Partial derivative s; total derivative s;Taylor's Prerequisite: Ma- 161(C). expansion in several variables; total differen- tial.s; directional derivatives; applications. Ma-171(C) Special Topics in Calculus 3-0 Definite and indefinite line integrals; direc- Determinants; Series of Constants Taylor's tional derivatives and line integrals in vector series and related series ; introduction to ordi- and complex notation; the elementary trans- nary differential equations of the commonest cendental functions; introduction to ordinary types; algebra of complex numbers. differential equations. Text: Elements of the Differential and Inte- Higher Mathematics; Burington and gral Calculus; Granville. Smith and Longley: Text: Analysis; Phillips: Complex USNPS Stencils. Torrance: Vector Variables; Churchill. Prerequisite: A special review course in special review course in differential and integral calculus, or the equiv- Prerequisite: A differential and integral calculus, or the equiv- alent. alent and Ma- 180(C) to be taken concurrently. Ma-172(C) Fourier Series and Related 3-0 Ma-182(B) Differential Equations and 5-0 Topics Vector Analysis A continuation of Ma-171(C). Hyperbolic First and second order differential equations; functions; series of functions and Fourier Series; the differential equations of vector fields; de- partial derivatives. rivatives of vectors; two-dimensional fluid flow; Text: Calculus; Granville, Smith and Longley: vector differential operators; multiple inte- Higher Mathematics; Reddick and Miller. grals; vector integral relations; curvilinear Prerequisite: Ma-m(C) or Ma-iOl(C). coordinates. Text; Differential Equations; Cohen: Vector 3-0 Ma-173(B) Functions of Several Analysis; Phillips. and Variables Introduction to Vector Prerequisites: Ma-l80(C) and Ma- 181(C). Methods A continuation of Ma- 172(C). Solid analytic Ma-l83(E) Complex Variables and the 5-0 geometry and elementary vector methods ; mul- Differential Equations of Theoretical tiple integrals. Physics Text". Calculus; Granville, Smith and Long- Conformal maps; Cauchy's formula; expan- ley: Higher Mathematics; Reddick and Miller: sions; residues; series solution of differential New Analytic Geometry; Smith, Gale and equations; the functions of theoretical physics; Neeley: USNPS Stencils. Fourier series and boundary value problems; Prerequisite: Ma- 172(C). numerical ppethods. Text: Complex Variables; Churchill: Four- Ma-174(B) Introduction to Laplace 3-0 ier Series and Boundary Value Problems; Transform and Related Topics Churchill: Mathematics of Physics and Chem- A continuation of Ma- 174(B). Elementary istry; Margenau and Murphy. study of functions of a complex variable; linear Prerequisite: Ma -182(B). PART III, COURSE DESCRIPTIONS 99 Ma-184(A) Matrices, Tensors, and 4-0 ance, t and F. analysis of variance. Tests of Variations statistical hypotheses. Matrices; tensors; calculus of variations. Texts: Elementary Statistical Analysis; Text: Mathematics of Physics and Chemis- Wilks: Introduction to Mathematical Statistics; try; Margenau and Murphy: Higher Mathema- Hoel. tics; Burington and Torrance. Prerequisite: Ma- 103(B) (may be taken con- Prerequisite: Ma- 183(b). currently). Ma-194(A) Matrices, Laplace Transforms, 4-0 Ma-331(A) Statistics 4-2 and Variations A continuation of Ma- 135(C). Continuous Matrices; Laplace transforms; calculus of frequency distributions. Moments and mathe- variations. matical expectation. The normal and type III Text: Mathematics of Physics and Chemis- Pearson distributions. Correlation: simple, try; Margenau and Murphy: Modern Operational multiple and partial. Non-linear regressions. Mathematics; Churchill: Higher Mathematics; Large and small sampling theory and the test- Burington and Torrance. ing of hypotheses. Applications to problems in Prerequisite: Ma- 183(B). aerology. Text: Mathematics of Statistics; Kenney: Ma-201(C) Graphical and Mechanical 0-2 Introduction to Mathematical Statistics; Hoel. Computation Prerequisite: Ma- 135(C). Construction of nomograms, including align- ment charts, by geometric methods and use of Ma-381(B) Probability 4-0 determinants. Improvement of charts by pro- Discrete probability. Theorems of total and jection. The use of coordinate paper. The theory compound probability. Binomial probabilities and use of the planimeter and integrator. - limiting cases and methods of evaluation. Ex- Text: Graphical and Mechanical Computa- pectations. Law of large numbers. Probabili- tion; Lipka: Nomograms; J. Rybner (G. E. ties in continuum - geometrical problems. Review, 33, 1930, l64ff. ): USNPS Multiliths. Text: Introduction to Mathematica Prob- Prerequisite: Ma-loi(C), Ma-l51(C), Ma- ability; Uspensky. 171(C) or one of these to be taken concurrently. Prerequisite: Ma- 181(B). Ma-382(A) Probability and Statistics 2-0 Ma-251(C) Graphical and Mechanical 0-4 Computation Probability distributions and characteristic functions. Central limit theorem. Multivariate The course consists of twenty exercises each normal distribution. Linear regression and occupying one laboratory period. Two exercises least squares. are in the theory and use of the planimeter and Text: Introduction to Mathematical Prob- integrator. The remaining exercises are de- ability; Uspensky: Introduction to the Theory voted to the design of diagrams, including: of Statistics; Mood. construction of scales to show relations be- tween two variables; construction of nomograms with families of lines or curves to show rela- Ma-383(A) Statistics 2-3 tions among three variables; alignment dia- Sampling distributions. Point and interval grams for three variables involving curved estimation. Tests of hypotheses. Analysis of scales and curve nets; diagrams for more than variance. Sequential analysis. Introduction to three variables and diagrams with more than modern high-speed electrical computation one index line; alignment diagrams with ad- equipment. justment for equations in three or more vari- Text: Introduction to the Theory of Statistics; ables; the Lafay-Wertheimer method for con- Mood. structing a chart or alignment diagram from Prerequisite: Ma-382(A). empirical curves. Text: Design of Diagrams for Engineering Ma-401(A) Mathematical Computation Z-Z Formulas; Hewes and Seward. by Physical Means Prerequisite: Ma-ioi(C), Ma-I5l(c), Ma- A wide variety of elementary devices which 171(C), Ma-180(C), or one of these to be taken may be used to perform mathematical opera- concurrently. tions is considered together with instruments which combine them so as to solve problems Ma-301(B) Statistics 3-2 largely without human intervention. Fundamental principles of probability. Prob- Text: Theory of Mathematical Machines; ability distributions with special emphasis on Murray: Designing Computing Mechanisms; the binomial, Poisson and normal distributions. M. Fry (Machine Design 1945-46) and other Simple and multiple regressions and correla- reprints. tion. Distribution of mean, chi-square, vari- Prerequisite: Ma- 10 3(b) or Ma- 153(b). 100 0. S. NAVAL POSTGRADUATE SCHOOL. 1951-1952 Ma-501(A) Theory of Games 4-0 for evaluating games; the minimax theorem is This course presents the basic concepts and presented and properties of minimax strategies foundations for the theory of games, such as are brought out. Games involving three or more game, play, strategy, complete and incom- persons are taken up and the effects of coali- plete information, zero-sum games, etc. The tions studied. structures of various games are investigated, Text: Theory of Games and Economic Be- particularly one-person games and two-person havior; Von Neumann and Morgenstern: Rand zero- sum games with finite and infinite strate- Reports: University of Michigan Reports: Sta- gies, and the related algebra of matrices and tistical Decision Functions; Wald. bilinear forms is presented to yield methods Prerequisite: Ma-383(A). - PART III. COURSE DESCRIPTIONS 101 MECHANICS Mc Courses Engineering Mechanics I Mc-101(C) Dynamics of Missiles Engineering Mechanics II Mc -102(C) and Gyros Mc -402(A))Z(A) Methods in Dynamics Mc -20 1 (A) Interior Ballistics Mc-42:1(A) Vibrations Mc -3 11(A) Theory of Plasticity of Metals Exterior Ballistics Mc-401(A) and Strength of Guns Mc -43 1(A) Mc-101(C) Engineering Mechanics I 3-0 Mc-311(A) Vibrations 3-2 Review of statics; the free body; distributed Kinematic s of vibrations; harmonic analysis; forces; centroids; the principle of virtual dis- free and forced vibrations of systems with one placements; stability of equilibrium; rectilinear degree of freedom; theory of vibration measur - kinematics and dynamics of a particle; free ing instruments and of vibration insulation; sys- vibration; forced vibration with and without tems with many degrees of freedom; normal damping; the principle of impulse and momen- modes of vibration; computation of fastest and tum and the principle of work and energy for slowest modes by matrix methods; vibrations rectilinear motion; potential energy and con- of strings, beams, shafts and membranes; servation of energy; dimensional analysis. Rayleigh's method; Stodola's method; critical Text: Engineering Mechanics; Timoshenko speeds; self-excited vibrations; Lagrangian and Young. equations of motion. Prerequisite: A special review course in Text: Mechanical Vibrations (3rd edition); mechanics or the equivalent. Den Hartog: Advanced Dynamics; Timoshenko and Young. Mc-102(C) Engineering Mechanics II 3-0 Prerequisite: Ma-104(A), Mc-I02(c) and Elements of vector analysis including scalar ME-500(C). and vector products and the differentiation of vectors; kinematic s and dynamics of the curvi- MC-401(A) Exterior Ballistics 3-0 linear motion of a particle; angular momentum; Topics presented include the vacuum tra- motion of a rigid body about a fixed axis; mo- jectory; density and temperature structure of ments and products of inertia; plane motion of the atmosphere; application of dimensional a rigid body; time rate of change of a vector analysis to the problem of air resistance; presented in a moving coordinate system; prin- theory of longitudinal elastic waves in air; ciple of the moment of momentum; gyroscope; numerical integration of differential equations Coriolis acceleration. of motion under standard conditions; differential Text: Engineering Mechanics; Timoshenko corrections for abnormal conditions; weighting and Young: Vector Analysis; Phillips. factors; integration of the adjoint system; exact Prerequisite: Mc-ioi(c). and approximate construction of firing tables for aircraft machine guns. The projectile is Mc-201(A) Methods in Dynamics 2-2 treated as a mass particle, stability considera- The principles of (a) linear momentum, (b) tions being deferred to a later course. Mc angular momentum, (c) and energy, (d) work 402(A). power and energy, (e) conservation of energy, Text: A Course in Exterior Ballistics; Ritter. (f) virtual work, and d'Alembert are devel- (g) Prerequisites: Ma-155(A) and Mc-l02(c). oped and discussed in detail. This work is fol- lowed by a development and interpretation of Lagrange's equations of motion. The applica- Mc-402(A) Dynamics of Missiles and 3-0 tion of these various principles to obtain the Gyros differential equations of motion of dynamical The fundamental principles of the dynamics systems is given particular attention. Numer- of rotating rigid bodies are emphasized through- ous exercises in the writing of differential out the course. These principles are applied equations of motion are assigned. Some of these to a variety of mechanical systems in an effort exercises are designed to furnish practice in to demonstrate their wide applicability. Among the formulation of the differential equations for the applications discussed are the motion of a systems of variable mass. gyroscope in the gyrocompass, latitude meas- Text: Principles of Mechanics; Synge and uring devices and stable elements; the stability, Griffith: Advanced Dynamics; Timoshenko and driftand trailing of spinning shells and rockets Young. in flight. Prerequisites: Mc -102(c) and Ma-103(B) Text: Principles of Mechanic s (2nd edition); (latter may be taken concurrently). Synge and Griffith: Motion of a Spinning Shell; 102 0. S. NAVAL POSTGRADUATE SCHOOL. 1951-1952 Nielsen and Synge: Advanced Dynamics; Timo- Wrench: Thermodynamic s of Firearms; Robin- shenko and Young. son. Prerequisite: Mc -401(A). Prerequisites: Ma-i5l(C), Mc-102(c), Ch- 631(A). MC-421(A) Interior Ballistics 2-0 Basic physical chemistry of interior ballis- Mc-431(A) Theory of Plasticity of 3-0 tics including reaction rates, equilibria and Metals and Strength of Guns the freezing of equilibria. Basic thermodynam- A detailed presentation of the modern mathe- ics of interior ballistics including methods of matical theory of the plasticity of metals; cri- determining the adiabatic flame temperature, terion of yielding; strain-hardening; the com- specific heat and number of moles of powder plete stress-strain relations; Levy-Mises and gas. These basic topics are followed by a de- Reuss equations; Hencky stress -strain equa- tailed study (including computational exercises) tions; the plastic potential; variational princi- of the linear system of interior ballistics of ples; solution of plastic -elastic problems; ex- Hirschfelder developed under NDRC auspices. pansion of spherical shells and cylindrical The contribution of modern interior ballistic tubes; theory of the autofrettage process used theory to the problem of gun design is empha- in the radial expansion of guns. sized. Texts: Mathematical Theory of Plasticity, Text: Simple Calculation of Thermochemical Hill; Treatise on the Radial Expansion of Guns, Properties for Use in Ballistics (OSRD Report Jeansen. 935), Hirschfelder and Sherman: Interior Prerequisite: Ma-154(A), Mc -102(C) and Ballistics (OSRD Report 6468), Curtiss and ME-500(C). PART III, COURSE DESCRIPTIONS 103 MECHANICAL ENGINEERING ME Courses Engineering Thermodynamics ME-1 11(C) Hydro Mechanics ME -422(B) Engineering Thermodynamics ... ME-llZ(B) Strength of Materials ME'-500(C) Engineering Thermodynamics ... ME-122(C) Strength of Materials ME -511(C) Engineering Thermodynamics ... ME-131(C) Strength of Materials ME -512(A) Engineering Thermodynamics ... ME-132(C) Theory of Elasticity ME -513(A) Engineering Thermodynamics ... ME-141(C) Strength of Materials ME--522(C) Engineering Thermodynamics ... ME-142(A) Strength of Materials ME -540(C) Engineering Thermodynannics ... ME-143(A) Strength of Materials ME--542(B) Marine Power Plant Equipment .. ME -2 11(C) Materials Testing Laboratory ... ME--601(C) Marine Power Plant Equipment . . ME -2 12(C) Materials Testing Laboratory . . . ME -611(C) Marine Power Plant Analysis Experimental Stress Analysis . . . ME -612(A) and Design ME-2 15(A) Experimental Stress Analysis . . . ME -622(B) Marine Power Plant Design ME-216(A] Experimental Stress Analysis . . . ME -632(B) Internal Combustion Engines Kinematics of Machinery ME -700(C) (Diesel) ME-217(C) Mechanics of Machinery ME -711(C) Marine Power Plant Equipment .. ME-221(C) Dynamics of Machinery ME -712(A) Marine Power Plant Equipment .. ME-222(C) Dynamics of Machinery ME -730(B) Marine Power Plant Analysis .... ME -223(B) Machine Design ME -811(C) Heat Transmission ME-310(B) Machine Design ME -812(B) Hydro Mechanics ME-41 1 (C Machine Design ME -820(C) Hydrodynamics ME -4 12 (A Machine Design ME -830 C Hydro Mechanics ME -42 1(C) Manufacturing Engineering ME -840(C) ME-lll(C)Engineering Thermodynamics 4-2 rich-mixture and thin-mixture combustion, Stored and transitional energies, their ac- flame temperatures. Associated problems. counting by energy equations in dynamic and Text: Engineering Thermodynamics; Kiefer, chemical processes. Aspects of reversibility, Kinney & Stuart. thermodynamic scale of temperature, entropy Prerequisite: ME-l 11(C) of energy and the entropy function. Second and Third Laws of thermodynamics, Maxwell rela- ME-122(C) Engineering Thermodynamics 3-2 tions. Phase rule, thermodynamic properties Studies included are as indicated for course of liquids and vapors in equilibrial and meta- ME-1 12 except for omission of considerations stable states, property tables and diagrams, of the thermodynamic properties and property representative reversible and irreversible correlations for non-ideal gases. processes in vapor and liquid phases. Property Text: Engineering Thermodynamics; Kiefer, relations, tables and diagrams for ideal or Kinney & Stuart. quasi-ideal gases, representative reversible Prerequisite: ME-1 11(C) and irreversible processes with these. Kinetic theory of gases. Associated problems. Text: Engineering Thermodynamics; Kiefer, ME-131(C) Engineering Thermodynamics 4-2 Kinney & Stuart. Stored and transitional energies, their ac- Prerequisite: Ma- 102(c) counting by energy equations in dynamic and chemical processes. Aspects of reversibility, ME-112(B) Engineering Thermodynamics 4-2 thermodynamic scale of temperature, entropy Properties of mixtures of quasi-ideal gases, of energy and the entropy property, Secondand low-pressure gas-vapor mixtures and related Third Laws of thermodynamics, Maxwell rela- indices, saturation by isobaric cooling, iso- tions. Phase rule, thermodynamic characteris- baric evaporation and adiabatic expansion and tics of liquids and vapors. Property relations, other representative processes, multi-and tables and diagrams for ideal or quasi-ideal mono-pressure hygrometric diagrams. Non- gases and representative reversible and ir- ideal gases, their p-v-t correlation by equa- reversible processes with these. Gas mixtures, tion and by compressibility diagrams, residual low pressure gas-vapor mixtures and their entholpy and entropy functions and their deter- indices, saturation by isobaric cooling, iso- mination from compressibility and throttling baric evaporation and adiabatic expansion, data, representative processes and generation multi-and mono-pressure hygrometric charts. of thermodynamic diagrams. Combustion of Text: Engineering Thermodynamics; Kiefer, fuels and material balances, fuel calorimetry, Kinney &t Stuart. chemical equilibrium and equilibrium constant, Prerequisite: Ma-102(c) 104 U. S. NAVAL POSTGRADUATE SCHOOL, 1951-1952 MEtl32(C) Engineering Thermodynamics 3-2 ME-211(C) Marine Power Plant Equip- 3-2 Combustion of fuels and material balances. ment Internal combustion power cycles, elementary Steam power plant cycles, influence of re- gas turbine power plant, influences of regenera- generative feed heating and of reheating, per- tive preheating, reheating et cetera, perform- formance indices, Internal combustion power ance indices. Thermodynamic aspects of the cycles, elementary gas turbine power plant, flow of compressible fluids in nozzle, diffuser influences of regenerative preheating and of and duct, compressive shocks, dynamics of the reheating, performance indices. Thermody- jet and diverted flow. Associated problems. namic aspects of the flow of compressible fluids Text: Engineering Thermodynamics; Kiefer, in nozzle, diffuser and duct, compressive Kinney &c Stuart. shocks, dynamics of jet and of diverted flow. Prerequisite: ME-131(C) Marine boiler performance analysis and char- acteristics. Associated problems and labora- ME-141(C) Engineering Thermodynamics 4-2 tory work. The fundamental concepts of thermodynam- Text: Engineering Thermodynamics; Kiefer, ics; energy and its accounting; availability and Kinney & Stuart: Miscellaneous supplementary entropy of energy; the thermodynamic proper- material. ties of pure substances and their changes in Prerequisite: ME- 112(b) various processes, including chemical inter- action. Emphasis is placed on those topics es- ME-212(C) Marine Power Plant Equip- 3-4 sential for subsequent studies of torpedo power ment plants, jet engines, explosives and similar ap- Thermodynamic aspects of the turbine, im- plications where non-standard fluids are in- pulse and reaction types, of the reciprocating volved. engine, the gas compressor and blower. Ref rig - The laboratory periods are used for student eration and heat pump cycles, refrigerants, solution of practical problems chosen to illus- multi-level refrigeration. Air conditioning; re- trate the principles discussed in the class- quirements and equipment, Associated labora- room. tory work. f Text: Principles of Engineering Thermody- Text: Engineering Thermodynamic s; Kiefer, namics; Kiefer, Stuart & Kinney. Kinney & Stuart: Refrigeration and Air Condi- Prerequisite: Ma-103(B) tioning; Raber & Hutchinson; Miscellaneous ME-142(A) Engineering Thermodynamics 2-2 supplementary material. Organization of the thermodynamic proper- Prerequisite: ME -211(c) ties of non-ideal gases through the use of the ME-215(A) Plant Analysis 2-4 residual functions, preparation and use of Marine Power thermodynamic diagrams for simple systems and Design Studies of the of ideal and non-ideal gases and for complex methods and procedures em- in the -all planning of naval ships systems in chemical equilibrium, heat and work ployed over the of the powerplant engineer, effects in representative processes involving from viewpoint their principal plant components and various complex mixtures such as the products of com- practical and military factors which influence bustion. This course is a continuation of ME- the design. Project work includes preliminary 141(C). . naval The laboratory periods are used for student methods of estimating for a hypothetical the hull, and auxiliary solution of practical problems to illustrate the ship main engine power inter-relationship of individual principles discussed in the classroom. requirements, of various Text: Principles of Engineering Thermody- equipment items, and computation namics; Kiefer, Stuart & Kinney. ship and plant performance indices. The time Prerequisite: ME-l4i(c) is distributedvariously between lectures, stu- dent project work, seminar and upon occasion ME-143(A) Engineering Thermodynamics 4-4 lectures by visiting authorities in specialized Thermodynamic aspects of the flow of com- fields of naval marine engineering. pressible fluids in nozzle, diffuser and duct, Text: Marine Engineering; Seward: Bureau compressive shocks, dynamics of the jet and Ships publications and data: Marine Engineer- diverted flow. Application of thermodynamic ings Labberton: PG Stencil 3456 (book) facilities to power plants such as jet engines Prerequisites: ME-2l2(c); ME-310(B) and and torpedo motors which operate on non- ME-411(C). standard fluids. Turbine nozzle and blading design factors and performance indices. Ele- ME-216(A) Marine Power Plant 2-4 ments of heat transfer; Associated problems. Analysis and Design Text: Principles of Engineering Thermody- This course, in continuation of ME-215(A), namics; Kiefer, Kinney and Stuart. Steam tur- carries to completion the project work of the bine; Church. latter as required with additional project work Prerequisite: me- 142(c) in preliminary design investigation of main PART III, COURSE DESCRIPTIONS 105 propulsion turbines and other major equipment Kinney & Stuart: Miscellaneous supplementary items; study of power plant performance of material. representative naval power plants by analysis Prerequisite: ME -221(c) of heat balance and flow diagrams. The time is Marine 2-4 distributed variously between lectures, student ME-223(B) Power Plant Analysis Preliminary methods of estimating for a project work, seminar and upon occasion lec- hypothetical naval ship the hull, main engine tures by visiting authorities in specialized and auxiliary power requirements, inter-re- fields of naval marine engineering. lationship of individual equipment items, and Text: Marine Engineering; Seward: Marine computation of various Engineering; Labberton: Steam Turbines; plant and ship perform- ance indices. Preliminary design investigation Church: Bureau Ships publications and data: of main propulsion turbines and other major PG Stencil 3465 (book). equipment items. Study of one or more rep- Prerequisite: ME -21 5(A). resentative naval power plants by analysis of heat balance and flow diagrams. ME-217(C) Internal Combustion Engines 4-2 Marine (Diesel) Text: Engineering; Seward: Bureau Ships publications and data: Marine Engineer- The studies include the thermodynamic anal- ing; Labberton: Steam Turbines; Church: ysis of the fundamental cycle, ideal and actual PG Stencil 3456 (book). combustion processes, cyclic processes, in- and ME,-42i(c) jection phenomena and methods of injection sys - Prerequisites: ME-222(c) tern analysis, and the variables that effect the Heat Transmission 3-2 efficiency and performance of the engine. ME-310(B) General manners of energy transition by The laboratory work includes a series of tests temperature potential, characteristic thermal on various engines to determine volumetric and circuits, concepts and correlation of individual mechanical efficiency, speed-torque character- and overall heat transfer coefficients. Fourier's istics, fuel consumption rates, effect of injec- general law of conduction, applications to rep- tion system variables upon engine performance, resentative steady-state situations and unsteady analysis of high speed engine indicator card, -state etc. conditions, Schmidt and relaxation of approximation. Text: Internal Combustion Engines; Lichty; methods Convection phases Internal Combustion Engines; Taylor & Taylor. of thermal circuits, free and forced, and ones Prerequisite: ME-ll2(B) or 122(c) involving vaporization and condensation. Heat radiation. Associated problems and laboratory work. Plant Equip- 3-2 ME-221(C)Marine Power Text: Heat Transmission: Jakob: Miscel- ment laneous supplementary material. Steam power plant cycles, influences of re- Prerequisites: ME-1 12(b), 411(c). generative feed heating and of reheating, per- formance indices. Internal combustion power ME-411(C) Hydromechanics 3-2 cycles, plant, elementary gas turbine power The mechanical properties of liquids, hy- influence of regenerative preheating and of re- drostatic pressures and forces on submerged heating, indices. performance Thermodynamic surfaces and associated matters of buoyancy of flow fluids nozzle, aspects of compressible in and ship stability. Energy aspects of liquid diffuser and duct, dynamics of jet and of di- flow, the resistance to such flow through pipes, verted flow. Elements of heat transmission. liquid flow metering and control, hydraulic Marine boiler performance analysis andchar- force-transmission and arrester systems. Dy- acteristics. Associated problems and labora- namic forces associated with flow through con- tory work. fining channels, the* centrifugal pump and hy- Text: Kiefer, Engineering Thermodynamics; drodynamic coupling, etc. The principle of dy- Stuart & Kinney: Miscellaneous supplementary namic similarity and dimensional analysis are material. developed and employed extensively. The P.W. Prerequisite: ME -122(c) periods are used for student's solution of re- lated practical problems and for related lab- ME-222(C) Marine Power Plant Equip- 3-4 oratory tests. ment Text: Mechanics of Hydraulic Equipment; Thermodynamic aspects of the turbine, im- PG Stencil No. 2217 pulse and reaction types, of the reciprocating Prerequisite: Ma- 103(B) engine, the gas compressor and blower. Refrig- eration and heat pump cycles, refrigerants, ME-412(A) Hydrodynamics multi-level refrigeration, air conditioning re- Fluid-flow kinematic concepts; fundamentals quirements and equipment. Associated labora- of frictionless fluid flow; theorems and basic tory work. flow definitions; three dimensional flow exam- Text: Engineering Thermodynamics; Kiefer, ples; application of complex variables to two- 106 U. b. NAVAL POSTGRADUATE SCHOOL. 1951-1952 dimensional fluid flow; two dimensional flow Text: Strength of Materials, Vols. I & II; examples; Blasius theorem - flow around cyl- Timoshenko inders and airfoils; Schwarz-Christoffel Prerequisite: ME-5ll(C) theorem - free streamlines; vortex motion; equations for viscous flow; the boundary layer. ME-513(A) Theory of Elasticity 3-0 Text: Fluid Dynamics; Streetcar. Plane-stress considerations, differential Prerequisites: ME-4ii(c) and Ma- 104(A). equations of equilibrium and compatability, the Airy stress function, curvilinear coordinates, ME-421(C) Hydromechanics 3-2 problems in plane stress and plane strain, three Mechanical properties of fluids; hydrostatic -dimensional stress considerations, St. Venant pressures and forces; buoyancy and stability; theory of torsion, energy considerations. energy of flow; resistance to flow; fluid flow Text: Theory of Elasticity; Timoshenko. metering; hydraulic force and arrester sys- Prerequisite: ME-512(A) or the equivalent. tems. ME-522(C) Strength of Materials 4-0 Text: PG Stencil No. 2217, Mechanics of Beam columns, problems having radial sym- Hydraulic Equipment. metry, strain energy, fundamental concepts in Prerequisite: Ma- 103(B) or the equivalent. the theory of elasticity. Text: Strength of Materials, I &t II; Timo- ME-422(B) Hydromechanics 2-2 shenko: An Introduction to Experimental Stress Dynamic forces associated with fluid flow; Analysis; Lee. centrifugal pumps; hydrodynamic coupling; Prerequisite: ME-511(C) dimensional analysis and dynamical similarity. Introduction to the kinematics of flow; stream ME-540(C) Strength of Materials 5-0 function and velocity potential; graphical map- Topics in elastic -body machanics, including ping of stream lines. plane and three-dimensional stress, general Text: PG Stencil No. 2217, Mechanics of strain, Hook's law, thin-walled cylinders, tor- Hydraulic Equipment. sion of circular shaft, elementary beam theory, Prerequisites: Me-431(C) andMa-103(B) or columns, frames, beams on elastic foundations, the equivalent. beam -columns, thin plates, thick- walled cylind- ers, theroies of failure. ME-500(C) of 3-0 Strength Materials Text: Strength of Materials, Vols. I & II; Elements of the mechanics of elastic bodies; Timoshenko. tensile and compressive stresses, shearing Prerequisites: Ma-101(C)and Mc -801(C) or stress, Hooke's law, thin-walled cylinders, equivalent. combined stresses, analysis of plane strain, torsion of circular sectioned members, ele- ME-542(B) Strength of Materials 3-0 mentary beam theory, combined loadings and Statically indeterminate problems in bending, columns. bending beyond the yield point, curved beams, Text: Elements of Strength of Materials; strain energy, mechanical properties of ma- Timoshenko & MacCullough. terials. Prerequisites: Ma-10l(C) and Mc-80l(C) or Text: Elements of Strength of Materials; equivalent. Timoshenko & MacCullough Prerequisite: ME-500(C) or ME-5ll(C) ME-511(C) Strength of Materials 5-0 Topics in elastic -body mechanics, includ- ME-601(C) Materials Testing Laboratory 0-2 ing tensile and compressive stresses, shearing Performance and analysis of standard tests stress, Hooke's law, thin-walled cylinders, com- used in determining the mechanical properties bined stresses, analysis of plane strain, tor- of engineering materials, including ones in sion of circular-sectioned members, elemen- tension, compression, torsion, shear, trans- tary beam theory, statically indeterminate verse, bending, impact, hardness and fatigue. problems in bending, beams on elastic founda- Text: Testing of Engineering Materials; tions. Muhlenbruch: A.S.T.M. Student Standards. Text: Strength of Materials, Vols. I & II; Prerequisite: Subsequent to or concurrent Timoshenko. with ME-500(C), 520(C) or 540(C) Prerequisites: Ma-l0i(C)and Mc -801(C) or equivalent. ME-611(C) Materials Testing Laboratory 2-2 Study of the theories of failure, the evalua- ME-512(A) Strength of Materials 5-0 tion of experimental error and experiments in- Beam-columns, problems having radial sym- volving most of the standard and some non- metry, combined loading, columns, strain standard tests used in the determination of the energy, thin plates, thick-walled cylinders, mechanical properties of engineering mate- fundamental concepts in the theory of elasticity. rials. These tests include: tension, compres- - PART III, COURSE DESCRIPTIONS 107 sion, torsion, shear, transverse bending, im- ME-711(C) Mechanics of Machinery 3-2 pact, hardness, fatigue and column. Topic s conside red briefly include link-works, Text: Strength of Materials, Vol. II; Timo- cams and gears. Major emphasis is on the shenko: Testing and Inspection of Engineering velocities and accelerations of moving parts, Material; Davis, et al. static and inertia forces and their balancing, Prerequisite: ME -5 11(C) critical speeds in shafts. Text: Mechanic s of Machinery; Ham & C rane. ME-612(A) Experimental Stress Analysis 3-2 Prerequisite: MC- 102(c) The course outline includes: dimensional analysis, strain gage techniques, photoelasti- ME-712(A) Dynamics of Machinery 3-2 city, brittle lacquer method, membrane anal- Studies are made of the following topics: ogy, miscellaneous methods in experimental balancing of solid rotors, torsional vibrations stress analysis. Diversified laboratory pro- by the Holzer method, single and two degrees jects will be assigned offering an opportunity of freedom linear vibrating systems with and the of experimental to apply methods stress without damping, tuned pendulum absorbers, analysis to the solution of both static and dy- harmonic analysis of the reciprocating engine. namic problems. The Begg deformator will be Laboratory work includes the following experi- used as a check on stress resultants and in ments: balancing a solid rotor on a mechanical determining reaction values for loading models. as well as an electrical balancing machine, Text: Introduction to Experimental Stress vibrating linear damped vibration absorbers Analysis; Lee. on the Westinghouse equipment, and operating Prerequisites: ME513A and ME-61 1(c). ME- a torsional vibration inducer unit. 6 1 2(A) maybe taken concurrently with ME -5 1 3(A) Text: Mechanical Vibrations; J. P. Den Hartog; Notes by E.K. Gatcombe. ME-622(B) Experimental Stress Analysis 2-2 Prerequisites: Ma -104(A), Mc- 201(A), ME- Introduction to the theory of elasticity, di- 711(C) and 511(C) mensional analysis, strain gage techniques, photoelasticity, brittle lacquer method, mem- brane analogy, miscellaneous methods in ex- ME-730(B) Dynamics of Machinery 3-2 perimental stress analysis. Laboratory pro- Studies are made of the following topic s: bal- jects will be assigned to demonstrate the sev- ancing of solid rotors, torsional vibration anal- eral methods presented. ysis by the Holzer method, single and two de Text: An Introduction to ExperimentalStress greesof freedom linear vibrating systems with Analysis; Lee. and without damping, tuned pendulum absorbers, Prerequisites: ME -522(c) and ME-61 1(C) or harmonic analysis of the radial aircraft engine. the equivalent. The laboratory work includes the following ex- periments: balancing of solid rotors on the me- ME-632(B) Experimental Stress Analysis 2-2 chanical as well as the electrical balancing ma- The course outline includes: introduction to chine, vibrating linear damped vibration ab- the theory of elasticity, dimensional analysis, sorbers on the Westinghouse equipment, and strain gage techniques, photoelasticity, brittle operating a torsional vibration inducer unit. lacquer method, membrane analogy, miscel- Text: Mechanical Vibrations; J. P. Den laneous methods in experimental stress anal- Hartog: Notes by E. K. Gatcombe. ysis. Laboratory projects will be assigned in Prerequisites: Ma-104(A), Mc -201(A), Ae- which the various facilities available in experi- 202(C) mental stress analysis will be used. Text: Introduction to Experimental Stress 3-2 Analysis; Lee. ME-811(C) Machine Design Review of strength of materials, selections of Prerequisite: ME-512(A) or Ae-204(A) and materials, fits ME-601(C) stress-concentration, bearings, and tolerances. Several short design projects as follows: tabulation of tolerances for shafts ME-700(C) Kinematics of Machinery 3-2 and holes for the various classes of fits, accu- This is a general service course. The fol- mulation of tolerances in machines, design of lowing topics are studied: link-work, cams, an armature shaft, spring design, screwfasten- toothed gearing, trainsof mechanisms, veloci- ing design, design of a power screw, and the ties, accelerations, static forces and inertia design of a set of gears. Studies of belt and chain forces in machine members. drives, brakes, clutches, cams, and thin and The practical work periods are devoted to thick cylinders. the solution on the drawing board of selected Text: Design of Machine Elements; Vallance: problems. Notes by E. K. Gatcombe. Text: Mechanics of Machinery; Ham &i Crane. Prerequisites: Me -520(C) or equivalent, ME- Prerequisite: MC- 102(c) 700(C) - 108 U. S. NAVAL POSTGRADUATE SCHOOL, 1951-1952 ME-812(B) Machine Design 3-4 ME-830(C) Machine Design 4-2 Several practical design projects will be Review of strength of materials, selection completed on the drawing board, The projects of materials for different designs, stress -con- will give the students an opportunity to com- centration, bearing design, fits and tolerances. bine theory with practice. The drawings in- Several short design projects as follows: tabu- volved in the projects will be completely di- lation of tolerances for shafts and holes for mensioned, proper materials selected, correct various classes of fits, accumulation of toler- base references, surfaces for machining and ances in machines, design of an armature shaft, inspecting will be chosen, proper fits and tol- spring design, sc rew fastening design, design erances will be chosen for interchangeable of a power screw, and the design of a set of manufacture. The objective is to create de- gears. Studies of belt and chain drives, brakes, signs which may actually be fabricated. clutches, cams, and thin and thick cylinder Text: Notes by E. K. Gatcombe. design. Prerequisite: ME-8ll(C) Text: Design of Machine Members; Vallance: Notes by E. K. Gatcombe. ME-820(C) Machine Design 2-4 Prerequisites: ME-700(C), Ae-202(c) Short re view of strength of materials. Stress concentration, factors of safety. Fits and ME-840(C) Manufacturing Engineering 3-2 tolerances. Several short design projects which The following topics are studied: the prin- illustrate the application of the principles of ciples of interchangeable manufacture, the se- stress, strain, deflections, fits and tolerances, lection of and use of the proper machine tools vibrations etc. General design information on to fulfill a specific requirement, the details of bearings, springs shafting, sc rew fastenings, gage design and inspection methods with ref- gears, clutches, brakes, cams, and thick and erence to proper fits and tolerances. Several thin cylinders. industrial plants will be visited where lectures Text: Notes by E. K. Gatcombe. on the use of machines will be provided. Reference: Design of Machine Members; Text: Interchangeable Manufacturing; E. Vallance. Buckingham. Prerequisite: ME -700(C) Prerequisite: ME-8ll(C) . PART III, COURSE DESCRIPTIONS 109 METALLURGY Mt Courses { Production Metallurgy Mt- 10 1(C) Physical Metallurgy Mt-Z04(A) Production of Steel . . . Mt-lOZ(C) Advanced Physical Metallurgy .... Mt-Z05(A) Production of Non-Ferrous Advanced Physical Metallurgy , . . . Mt-Z06(A) Metals Mt-103(C) High Temperature Materials Mt-301(A) Introductory Physical Metallurgy . Mt-ZOl(C) Alloy Steels . . Mt-30Z(A) Ferrous Physical Metallurgy ..... Mt-ZOZ(C) Metallurgy Seminar Mt-303(A) Physical Metallurgy (Special Radiography Mt-304(C) Topics) Mt-Z03(B) Physics of Metals Mt-401(A) Mt-101(C) Production Metallurgy Z-0 treatment of alloys, and (e) descriptions of This course serves as an introduction to the representative non-ferrous alloys of commer- study of metallurgy and is essentially descrip- cial importance. The subject matter is illus- tive in nature. Subjects treated include, the trated by reference to technically important occurrence and classification of metal bearing alloy systems in which the phenomena are com- raw mater ials ; the fundamentals processes of monly observed. extractive metallurgy; refractories, fuels, The laboratory experiments are designed to fluxes, slags and equipment; a brief summary introduce to the student the methods available of steel making and the production of copper to the metallurgist for the study of metals and and zinc. alloys. These include the construction of equi- Text: Engineering Metallurgy (1938); librium diagrams and metallographic studies Stoughton, Butts. of fundamental structures, brass, bronze, bear- Prerequisite: Ch-ioi(c), Ch- 121(B), or ings, etc. concurrently with either. Text: Principles of Physical Metallurgy; Coonan: Engineering Physical Metallurgy; Mt-102(C) Production of Steel 3-0 Heyer The subject matter includes such topics as Prerequisite: None. the occurrence and composition of various iron ores, the blast furnace, its design and opera- Mt-202(C) Ferrous Physical Metallurgy 3-2 tion, blast furnace products. The various meth- This course continues the presentation of ods of steel production and the production of subject matter introduced in Metals, Mt-ZOl, grey, white and malleable cast iron. with emphasis on the alloys of iron. Subjects Text: Ferrous Production Metallurgy; Bray. treated include (a) the iron-carbon alloys, (b) Prerequisite: Ch-ioi(C) or Ch-lZl(B). effects of various heat treatments and cooling rates on the structure and properties of steel, Mt-103(C) Production of Non-Ferrous 3-0 (c) isothermal reaction rates and the harden- Metals ability of steel, (d) surface hardening methods, The subject matter of Jthis course includes a (e) characteristics and properties of plain car- discussion of the sources, the strategic impor- bon and alloy cast irons, (f) the effect of other tance of, and the methods of production of the alloying elements on steel, (g) tool steels, (h) following metals: copper, zinc, lead, tin, alu- corrosion and corrosion resisting steels. minum, magnesium, and other metals of tech- The laboratory work includes experiments nical interest. in the heat treatment of steel, mechanical test- Text: Non-ferrous Production Metallurgy; ing and metallographic examination of common Bray. ferrous alloys. Prerequisite: Ch-loi(C) or Ch-IZI(B). Text: Principles of Physical Metallurgy; Coonan. Engineering Physical Metallurgy; Mt-201(C) Introductory Physical Metal 3-2 Heyer. lurgy Prerequisite: Mt-ZOl(C). This course serves as an introduction to physical metallurgy. Subjects treated include Mt-203(E) Physical Metallurgy (Special 2-Z (a) the nature, characteristics and properties Topics) of metals, (b) the application of the phase rule This course is a continuation of material to binary and ternary alloy systems and char- presented in Mt-201(C) and Mt-202(C). The acteristic phase diagrams, (c) the correlation subject matter covered includes discussions of of microstructure, mechanical properties and casting and welding, developments in powder corrosion resistance of alloys, with phase dia- metallurgy, creep and fatigue of metals, ma- grams, (d) mechanical deformation and heat terial defects and non-destructive testing, light 110 U. S. NAVAL POSTGRADUATE SCHOOL, 1951-1952 alloys, and the special characteristics of alloys motors. A study of ceramics as possible ma. for electrical purposes, armor and armament, terials for high temperature service is includec titanium and strategic materials. and a consideration of corrosion and the statu: Text: Engineering Physical Metallurgy; of strategic metals. Heyer: Principles of Physical Metallurgy; Prerequisites: Mt-201(C), Mt-202(c). Coonan: Metal Process Engineering; Woldman: Heat Treating Aluminum Alloys; Reynolds Mt-302(A) Alloy Steels 4-i Metal Co. : Selected outside reading. The subject matter covered includes a thor- Prerequisite: Mt-202(C). ough study of the effects of the alloying ele- ments, including carbon, commonly used ir Mt-204(A) Physical Metallurgy 3.4 steel making on the characteristics of steels The material presented in this course in- in the annealed, the hardened and thehardenec cludes a study of phase transformations in steel, and tempered conditions . The principles eluci-l isothermal decomposition reactions and pro- dated are subsequently applied to studies of the ducts, decomposition on continuous cooling, classes of steels used for structural purposes; factors involved in hardenability and methods machinery (S. A. E. and A. I. S. I. grades),! of evaluating it, time, temperature, transfor- electrical purposes, tools, and corrosion re- mation, mechanical and heat treatment of steel, sisting purposes. alloy steels, high strength cast irons and cast Text: The Alloying Elements in Steel; E. C. steels. Bain. References and reading assignments in Text: Steel and Its Heat Treatment Vol. I - other books and current literature. II - III; Bullens, 5th Ed. Prerequisites: Mt-202(C), Mt-204(A). Prerequisites: Mt-201(C), Mt-202(C). Mt-303(A) Metallurgy Seminar 2-0 iVIt-205(A) Advanced Physical Metallurgy 3-4 Papers from current technical journals will The subject matter includes a discussion of be reported and discussed by students. equilibrium in alloy systems, structure of met- Text: None. als and alloys, phase transformations and dif- Prerequisites: Mt-203(B), 204(A), or 205(A). fusion. Text: Structure of Metals; Barrett. Mt-304(C) Radiography Z-Z Prerequisites: Mt-202(C), Cr-27l(B). This course covers the principles of x-ray and gamma ray radiography, including a dis- Mt-206(A) Advanced Physical Metallurgy 3-4 cussion of high voltage equipment, film char- The subject matter is an extension of that acteristics and a comparison of radiography offered in Mt-205(A) and includes such topics with other non-destructive methods of inspec- as plastic deformation, theories of slip, re- tion. crystallization, preferred orientation, age Text: None. hardening, etc. Mt-202(C). Text: Structure of Metals; Barrett: Progress Prerequisite: in Metal Physics; Chalmers. Prerequisite: Mt-205(A). Mt-401(A) Physics of Metals 3-0 A discussion of crystal chemistry and mod- Mt-301(A) High Temperature Materials 3-0 ern theories of the solid state. Topics consid- This course includes a study of the methods ered are the wave nature of electrons, the used in evaluating the probable behavior of electron theory of metals, reaction kinetics, materials at elevated temperatures, a consid- free energy of alloy phases, order-disorder eration of the properties of particular impor- transformations, etc. tance in such service; evaluation of present Text: Theoretical Structure Metallurgy; heat resisting alloys; a study of the effect of Cottrell. high temperature on the behavior of alloys; Prerequisites: Mt-205(A), Ph-610(B), or metals used in gas turbines, jets, and rocket 640(B). . PART III. COURSE DESCRIPTIONS 111 ORDNANCE and GUNNERY Or Courses Surface Fire Control Or-lZO(C) Guided Missile Guidance Or-142(C) Anti -Aire raft Fire Control Or -131(C) Underwater Ordnance Or- 1 51(C) Anti-Aircraft Fire Control Or-132(C) Underwater Ordnance. Or-152(C) Guided Missiles Or-141(C) NEW WEAPON DEVELOPMENT SL Lecture Courses New Weapon Development 1 SL-101 New Weapon Development II SL-102 Or-120(C) Surface Fire Control 2-0 Text: Navy Department Classified publica- Fundamentals of the surface fire control tions. problem, rangekeeper theory, director sys- Prerequisite: None. tems, synchros, fire control errors and cor- rectors, battery alignment, basic mechanisms , shore bombardment. Or-142(C) Guided Missile Guidance 2-0 Text: OP 1701 - Surface Fire Control; This course is a continuation of Or-141(C). NavPers 16116B-Naval Ord & Gunnery; OP Survey of guidance systems and Bureau of Ord- 1140 - Basic F.C. Mechanisms; OP 1068 - nance guided missiles. Units making up beam Ranpekeeper Mk 8. rider, command, and homing systems. Prerequisite: None. Text: Navy Department classified public- tions Or-131(C) Antiaircraft Fire Control 2-0 Prerequisite: Or- 141(C) or equivalent. Fundamentals of the antiaircraft fire control problem, analytical solution of the antiaircraft fire control problem, basic mechanisms, range- Or-151(C) Underwater Ordnance 2-0 keeper theory, and computer units making up Moored and ground mines, contact and in- one antiaircraft fire control system, introduc- fluence firing mechanisms, depth charges and tion to fire control errors and correctors. other anit-submarine ordnance, steam, elec- Text: OP 1063 - Mk 6 Stable Element; Nav- tric and chemical torpedoes, theory and design Pers 16116B - Naval Ord & Gunnery; OP 1064 of torpedo control equipment, harbor defense, - Mk 1 Computer. nets and booms. Or- 120(C) or equivalent. Prerequisite: Text: OP 888 - Mine Mk 6; OP 900 - Mine Mk 10; OP 901 - Mine Mk 12; OP 747 - Depth Antiaircraft Fire Control 2-0 Or-132(C) Charges Mk 6 & 7 OP; 950 - Torpedo Mk 13; Review of the fundamentals of the antiair- OP 946 - Torpedo Mk 18; OP 663 - Torpedo craft fire control problem. Theory of gyro lead Warheads & Exploders; NavPers 16116 B-Naval -computing systems. Basic electromechanical Ord & Gunnery; OP 636 A - Nets and Booms. computing equipment. Distrubed-line-of- sight Prerequisite: None. systems. Undisturbed-line-of-sight systems. Text: NavPers 16116B-Naval Ord & Gun- nery; OP 1098 - Mk-15 Gunsight; OP 1325 - Or-i52(C) Underwater Ordnance 2-0 Mk 20 Gunsight; OP 1097 - Mk 52 Director Mathematical aspects of minefield planning, System; OP 1323 - Mk 57GFCS; OP 1233 - Mk detailed design of influence firing mechanisms, 63 GFCS. design of mine accessories, moored and ground Prerequisite: Or- 131(C) or equivalent. mine sweeping and location, harbor defense. Influence depth charges. Torpedo data com- 0r-141(C) Guided Missiles 2-0 pute rs. Introduction to guided missiles and guidance Text: OP 1452 - Mine Accessories; OP 681 systems. Survey of jet propulsion systems, - Firing Mechanism M-ll; OP 1799 - Firing .aunching problems, flight testing, simulators Mechanism A-5; OP 668 - Firing Mechanism and damage potential. Organization for guided M-4; NOLR 1086 - Firing Mechanism A-6; nissile research and development. Study of USF 12 - Mine Warfare Instructions; OP 669 - - )ne basic type guided missile . Guidance tactical Depth Charge Mk 14; OP 1056 Torp. Data problems and limitations of several guidance Computer Mk 3; OP 685 - Mine Mk it. systems. Prerequisite: None. !I4N(I83(>—T>1 !> 112 U. S. NAVAL POSTGRADUATE SCHOOL. 1951-1952 SL-101 New Weapon Development I 0-1 propulsion. (Lecture) Prerequisites: None. This course consists of the first ten (10) lec- tures of a twenty (20) lecture series to be de- SL -102 New Weapon Development II 0-1 livered by authorities in the field of new weapon (Lecture) development, the latter term being used in its This course is a continuation of Course SL- broadest sense and including such developments 101 andconsists of the second ten (10) lectures as atomic energy, guided missiles, pilotless of the twenty (20) lecture series described under aircraft, radar, special communication equip- SL-101. ment, countermeasures, special fuzes, and jet Prerequisites: None. PART III. COURSE DESCRIPTIONS 113 PHYSICS Ph Courses Dynamics Ph-l 13(B) Sound Ph-410(B~ Analytical Mechanics Ph-141(B) Fundamental Acoustics Ph-421(A Analytical Mechanics Ph-142(B) Applied Acoustics Ph-422(A Advanced Mechanics Ph-143(A) Underwater Acoustics Ph-423(A Introduction to Physics Sonar Systems and Developments . . Ph-424(A (Meteorology) Ph-190(C) Underwater Acoustics Ph-425(A Review of General Physics Acoustics Laboratory Ph-426(B (Meteorology) Ph-191(C) Fundamental and Applied Acoustics Ph-427(B General Physics (Meteorology) . . Ph-196(C) Underwater Acoustics Ph-428(B Optics Ph-211(C) Underwater Acoustics Ph-450(B Physical Optics and Introductory Thermodynamics Ph-530(B Dynamics Ph-212(B) Kinetic Theory and Statistical Geometrical and Physical Optics Ph-240(C) Mechanics Ph-540(B Polarized Light Ph-241(B) Atomic Physics Ph-610(B Geometrical and Physical Optics Ph-250(C) Atomic Physics Ph-631(B Electrostatics and Magneto- Atomic Physics Ph-640(B statics Ph-311(B) Introduction to Quantum Electricity and Magnetism Ph-341(C) Mechanics Ph-721(A Electricity and Magnetism Ph-342(B) Physics of the Solid.State Ph-722(A Electricity and Magnetism Ph-343(B) Theoretical Physics Ph-731(A Electromagnetism Ph-361(A) Theoretical Physics Ph-732(A Electromagnetic Waves Ph-362(A) Ph-113(B) Dynamics 3-0 Elementary concepts and laws of statics and Kinematical and dynamical motions of a par- dynamics. Introduction to the statics and dy- ticle and of rigid bodies, energy concepts in namics of fluids. Temperature, heat, radia- dynamics, constrained motion, equations of tion and kinetic theory. The gas laws. Rudi- Lagrange and of Hamilton, oscillations of a ments of vector representation and notation. dynamical system. Both analytical and vector Text: Introduction to Physics; Howe. methods are used. Prerequisite: None. Text: Physical Mechanics; Lindsay. Ph-212(B); Ma- 103(B) (may Prerequisites: Ph-191(C) Review of General Physics 4-0 be taken concurrently). (Meteorology) A short review of statics and dynamics; a Analytical Mechanics 4-0 Ph-141(B) survey of temperature, heat, kinetic theory, Fundamental dynamical concepts, oscillator radiation, electricity and magnetism, wave theory, curvilinear motion in a plane, energy motion, and sound. concepts, statics and dynamics of a rigid body. Text: Analytical Experimental Physics; Both analytical and vector methods are used. Demon and Ference. Physical Mechanics; Lindsay; Intro- Text: Prerequisite: Ph- 190(C) or equivalent. duction to Theoretical Physics; Page: Princi- ples of Mechanics; Synge and Griffith. General Physics (Meteorology) 5-1 Prerequisite: Ma- 182(B) (maybe taken con- Ph- 196(C) is a of the mechanics of currently)'. The course survey solids and fluids, heat and kinetic theory, elec- tricity and magnetism, wave motion, and Ph-142(B) Analytical Mechanics 4-0 sound. Wave motion, fluid mechanics, constrained Experimental Physics; motion, Hamilton's principle, Lagrange's Text: Analytical equations. Lemon, Ference. None. Prerequisites: Ph-141(B); Ma- 183(B) (may Prerequisite: be taken concurrently). Ph-211(C) Optics 3-0 Ph-143(A) Advanced Mechanics 3-0 Reflection and refraction of light, lenses and A continuation of Ph- 142(B) lens aberrations, strips, optical systems, and Prerequisite: Ph- 142(B) dispersion. Text: Physical Optics; Jenkins and White. Ph-190(C) Introduction to Physics 3-0 Prerequisites: Ma- 101(C) (maybe taken con- (Meteorology) currently). 114 U. S. NAVAL POSTGRADUATE SCHOOL. 1951-1952 Ph-212(B) Physical Optics and Introduc - 3-3 ism: Harnwell: NavShips 900,016: Lecture tory Dynamics Notes. A continuation of Ph-211(C). Prerequisite: Ma- 182(B) (maybe takencon- An analytical presentation of interference, currently). diffraction, polarization, origin of spectra, optical behavior of radio waves, introductory Ph-342(B) Electricity and Magnetism 3-3 dynamics. Related laboratory work is included. A continuation of Ph-341(C) Text: Physical Optics; Jenkins and White: Vacuum tube circuits, oscillators, transients, Physical Mechanics; Lindsay. multivibrators, pulse shaping circuits, non- Prerequisites: Ph-2ii(c); Ma-i02(c) (May ohmic circuits, photoelectric effects, electro- be taken concurrently) statics, dielectrics, conductors and electro- magnetic effects of steady currents. Ph-240(C) Geometrical and Physical 3-3 Text: Principles of Electricity and Magne- Optics tism; Harnwell: NavShips 900, 016: Lecture Reflection and refraction of light, lenses, notes. optical systems, dispersion, interference, dif- Prerequisite: ph-34i(c) fraction, polarization. Text: Fundamentals of Optics; Jenkins and Ph-343(B) Electricity and Magnetism 3-0 White, Second Edition. A continuation of Ph-342(B) Prerequisite: Ma-lOl(C) or 181(B) (maybe Electromagnetic theory including such topics taken concurrently). as time varying electric currents, theory of magnetism, Maxwell's equations, electromag- Ph-241(B) Polarized Light 1-3 netic waves in free space, in dielectrics and Primarily a laboratory course in polarized in conducting media, and elementary theory of light. The following experiments are included: gaseous conduction. Analytic and vector meth- polarization phenomena caused by transmission ods are used. of light through c rystals, polarization by reflec- Text: Principles of Electricity and Magnet- tion from dielectrics, reflection from metals ism: Harnwell: Lecture Notes. and optical constants of metals, analysis of Prerequisite: Ph- 342(b) elliptically polarized light, wave plates, and optical activity. Ph-361(A) Electromagnetism 3-0 Text: Lecture notes. Electromagnetic field theory; electrostatics; Prerequisite: Ph-240(C) dielectrics; magnetic fields of currents; vector potential; magnetic materials; magnetomotive Ph-250(C) Geometrical and Physical 3-2 force; electromagnetic induction; Maxwell's Optics equations; electromagnetic waves. Reflection and refraction of light, lenses, Text: Electromagnetism; Slater, Frank lens systems, dispersion, interference, dif- Prerequisites: Ma- 104(A), EE-272(c) fraction. Text: Fundamentals of Optics; Jenkins and Ph-362(A) Electromagnetic Waves 3-0 White, Second Edition. A continuation of Ph-36l(A) Prerequisite: Ma-lOl(C) or 181(B) (maybe Reflection and refraction of electromatic taken concurrently). waves; wave guides; cavity resonators; elec- tromagnetic radiation. Ph-311(B) Electrostatics and 3-0 Text: Electromagnetism, Slater, Frank Magnetostatics Prerequisite: Ph- 36 1(A) Coulomb's law, Gauss' law, dipoles, dielec- tric theory, polarization, harmonic solutions of Ph-410(B) Sound 3-0 of Laplace's equation, electrical images, mag- A brief survey. of vibrating systems, and of netic dipoles and shells, Ampere's law, mag- the problems arising in connection with the netic field of current, magnetic theory. Both radiation, transmission and reception of sound analytical and vector methods are used. in air and in water. Text: Principles of Electricity and Electro- Text: Fundamentals of Acoustics; Kinsler, magnetism; Harnwell. Frey. Prerequisite: Ma-103(B); Es-l 12(c). Prerequisite: Ma- 102(c) Ph-341(C) Electricity and Magnetism 4-2 Ph-421(A) Fundamental Acoustics 3-0 DC and AC circuits, elementary electrostat- An analytical study of the dynamics of vi- ics, vacuum tubes, coupled circuits, filters, brating systems including free, forced, damped, lines, vacuum tube circuits. The treatment and coupled simple harmonic motion; vibra- emphasizes the physical aspects of these phe- tions of strings, bars, membranes, and dia- nomena. phragms. A development of the acoustic wave Text: Principles of Electricity and Magnet- equation. Propagation of plane waves through . PART III, COURSE DESCRIPTIONS 115 pipes and between different media. Propagation Ph-426(B) Acoustics Laboratory 3-2 of spherical waves including radiation from A laboratory course to accompany Ph- 42 1(A). pulsating sphere and circular piston. An experimental study of vibrating systems and Text: Fundamentals of Acoustics; Kinsler, acoustic radiations. Frey Prerequisite: Ph-421(A) concurrently. Prerequisite: Ma- 104(A) Ph-427(B) Fundamental and Applied 4-0 Ph-422(A) Applied Acoustics 3-0 Acoustics A continuation of Ph-42l(A) A study of the dynamics of vibrating systems resona- An analytical treatment of acoustic and of the propagation of acoustic waves. Ap- of branches, tors; acoustic impedance; effects plications of basic acoustic theory to design of plane orifices, and viscosity on propagation of resonators, filters, loudspeakers, microphones speaker, and waves through pipes; horn, loud and etc microphone theory and practice. Fundamentals Text: Fundamentals of Acoustics; Kinsler, of acoustical measurements including rating Frey. and calibration methods of microphones and Prerequisite: Ma- 103(A). loudspeakers. Architectural acoustics. Funda- mentals of hearing. Ph-428(B) Underwater Acoustics 2-3 of Acoustics; Kinsler, Text: Fundamentals A continuation of Ph-427(B). Frey A study of the transmission of sound in sea Prerequisite: Ph-42l(A) water including problems arising from refrac- Ph-423(A) Underwater Acoustics 2-3 tion, absorption, reverberation, background principles, electronic A continuation of Ph-422(A) noise, etc. Physics and transducers used in modern sonar An analytical treatment of the piezoelectric circuits, in acoustical effect and the magnetostriction effect with ap- equipment. Experiments measure- sound and sonar equipment mea- plications to sonar transducers and to crystal ments, beam operational characteristics of oscillators, transmission of sound in sea water surements, equipment. including problems of refraction, attenuation sonar and reverberation. Physics principles and Text: Principles of Underwater Sound; NDRC electronic circuits used in design and operation Technical Summary. Ph-427(B). of modern sonar equipment. Experiments in Prerequisite: acoustical measurements, sound beam and Acoustics 3-2 sonar equipment measurements, operation of Ph-450(B) Underwater sonar equipment. An analytic treatment and of the fundamentals of acoustics, with particular emphasis on Text: Principles of Underwater Sound; NDRC Technical Summary. sound radiation and transmission problems Prerequisite: Ph-422(A) encountered in underwater acoustics: Text: Fundamentals of Acoustics; Kinsler, Ph-424(A) Sonar Systems and Develop- 2-3 Frey: Principles of Underwater Sound; NDRC ments Technical Summary. Various types of sonar equipment and new Prerequisite: Ma- 102(C) developments are studied in the laboratory (Sonar Barge) and in the classroom. Ph-530(B) Thermodynamics 3-0 Prerequisite: Ph-423(A) or PL -450(B) Fundamental theory of thermodynamics and application to physical problems. First and Ph-425(A) Underwater Acoustics 3-2 SecondLawsof thermodynamics, entropy, free A continuation of PH-421(A). energy, the phase rule, gaseous reactions, An analytic treatment of the propagation of thermodynamics of dilute solutions, specific underwater acoustic waves as influenced by heats of gases, the Nernst heat theorem, boundary conditions, refraction, reverberation, rem. and attenuation. Physical characteristics of Prerequisites: Ph-l 13(B) or Ph-142(B); Ma- sonar transducers. Psychoacoustic s, acoustic 103(B) or Ma-183(B) impedance, shock waves, sonar systems and developments, experimental measurements in Ph-540(B) Kinetic Theory and Statistical 3-0 underwater acoustics. Laboratory includes Mechanic s experiments in underwater acoustic measure- Properties of an ideal gas, Maxwell-Boltz- ments, sonar beam patterns, and operational man distribution, mean free path, collision characteristics of sonar equipment. cross-section, non-ideal gases, viscosity, heat Text: Fundamentals of Acoustics; Kinsler, conductivity, diffusion; introduction to classical Frey: Principles of Underwater Sound; NDRC and quantum statistics, including Fermi-Dirac Technical Summary: Physics of Sound in Sea; and Bose -Einstein statistics. NDRC Technical Summary. Text: Kinectic Theory of Gases; Kennard: Prerequisite: Ph-421(A). Introduction to Thermodynamics, Kinectic 116 U. S. NAVAL POSTGRADUATE SCHOOL, 1951-1952 Theory and Statistical Mechanics; Sears: Lec- student with the postulates and other funda- ture notes. mental aspects of quantum mechanics. The Prerequisites: Ph-i 13(B) or Ph- 142(B); Ma- wave mechanical treatment is applied to such 103(B) or Ma-183(B). problems as the free particle, particle in a potential well, potential barriers, cold cathode Ph-610(B) Atomic Physics 3-0 emission, increased emission from a coated Elementary charged particles, photoelec- filament, natural radioactivity, harmonic tricity, X-rays, radio-activity, atomic struc- oscillator, free rotator, hydrogen atom, and ture, nuclear disintegration. the one -dimensional potential lattice for the Text: Atomic Physics; Semat. solid state. The course terminates with a dis- Prerequisites: None. cussion of the relation of classical mechanics to quantum mechanics. Ph-631(B) Atomic Physics 4-0 Text: Lecture notes. Dynamics of elementary charged particles, Prerequisites: Ph-249(C), Ph-I42(c), Ph- Rutherford's model of the atom and the scatter - 343(B), Ph-6lO(B)or the equivalent of the above ing of alpha particles, special theory of rela- with the consent of the instructor. tivity, black-body radiation, Bohr model of the atom, Schroedinger wave equation, dipole Ph-722(A) Physics of the Solid State 3-0 radiation, optical spectra, Zeeman effect, Properties of ionic crystals such as lattice magnetic moments, Pauli's principle, x-rays, energies, electrical conductivity, absortion, photoelectric effect, natural radioactivity, the phosphoresence and fluorescence. The trans- nucleus, artificial radioactivity. istor. Properties of metals such as specific Text: Atomic Physics; Semat: Introduction heats, electrical conductivity and magnetic sus- to Modern Physics; Richtmeyer and Kennard. ceptibility. Prerequisite: Ph-311 or equivalent. Text: Modern theory of Solids; Seitz. Prerequisite: Ph-721(A) or equivalent. Ph-640(B) Atomic Physics 3-3 Same as in PH-631(B) above Ph-731(A) Theoretical Physics Text: Same as Ph-631(B) Topics in theoretical physics selected to meet Prerequisite: Same as for PH-311(B) the needs of the student. Ph-721(A) Introduction to Quantum 4-0 Ph-732(A) Theoretical Physics Mechanics. Topics in theoretical physics selected to meet This course is designed to familiarize the the needs of the student. PART IV. GKOUPS COMMENCING POSTGRADUATE EDUCATION AWAY FROM POSTGRADUATE SCHOOL. ANNAPOLIS, MD. 117 PART IV Groups Commencing Postgraduate Education Away from Postgraduate School, Annapolis, Md. 118 U. S. NAVAL POSTGRADUATE SCHOOL. 1951-1952 GROUPS COMMENCING POSTGRADUATE EDUCATION AWAY FROM THE POSTGRADUATE SCHOOL Officer at Postgraduate School Group University or School In Charge Of Curriculum General USNavScol (GenLine) Newport, CAPT. J.S. DORSEY R.I. and Monterey, Calif. ZCP Cinematography U. of Southern Calif. CAPT. J.S. DORSEY ZCR Photography Rochester Inst, of Technology CAPT. J.S. DORSEY ZG Civil Engineering Rensselaer Poly. Inst. CAPT. J.S. DORSEY ZHC Law Catholic University CAPT. J.S. DORSEY ZHW Law George Washington University CAPT. J.S. DORSEY ZHG Law Georgetown University CAPT. J.S. DORSEY ZI Naval Intelligence USNavScol, Navlnt. , CAPT. J.S. DORSEY Anacostia, D. C. ZK Advanced Management Harvard University CAPT. R.W. CAVENAGH ZKP Advanced Management University of Pittsburgh CAPT. R.W. CAVENAGH ZKC Business Administration Columbia Univ. CAPT. J.S. DORSEY ZKH Business Administration Harvard University CAPT. J.S. DORSEY ZKS Business Administration Stanford University CAPT. J.S. DORSEY ZL Petroleum Engineering University of Pittsburgh , CAPT. R.W. CAVENAGH ZM Textile Engineering Georgia Inst, of Tech. CAPT. J.S. DORSEY ZNB Naval Construction Mass. Inst, of Tech. CAPT. R.W. CAVENAGH and Engineering Webb Institute CAPT. R.W. CAVENAGH ZO Oceanography Scripps Institute CAPT. J.S. DORSEY ZPO Personnel Admin. & Training Ohio State U. CAPT. J.S. DORSEY ZPS Personnel Admin. & Training Stanford U. CAPT. J.S. DORSEY ZS Comptroller ship George Washington U. CAPT. J.S. DORSEY ZT Management & Industrial Eng. Rensselaer Poly. Inst. CAPT. R.W. CAVENAGH ZU Religion Various CAPT. J. S. DORSEY GENERAL LINE Calif, which is designed to bring transferee of- ficers as nearly as practicable to the level of One year of instruction at the U. S. Naval their USNA contemporaries by filling gaps in School (General Line) Newport, R.I. or the their naval education and in their junior officer U. S. Naval School (General Line) Monterey, experience, which may have resulted from spe- . . ,. PART IV, GROUPS COMMENCING POSTGRADUATE EDUCATION AWAY FROM POSTGRADUATE SCHOOL, ANNAPOLIS, MD. 119 cialized assignments. The course includes en- all phases of intelligence and qualify them in gineering, navigation, military and interna- foreign languages. Students study an integrated tional law, ordnance and gunnery, seamanship, course in strategic , operational (including air) tactics, logistics, intelligence, organization, and counter-intelligence for six months. A and administration. The catalogue of the school period of from four and one -half to twenty-two in question should be consulted for details. months is then devoted to the study of a for- eign language (the length of time is determined CINEMATOGRAPHY by the difficulty of the language studied) A one-year course in Cinematography given ADVANCED MANAGEMENT to selected officers with previous experience in this field at the University of Southern Cali- A thirteen-week course conducted twice each fornia to prepare them for assignments in con- year, convening in February and September, nection with the production of training films by the Graduate School of Business Adminis- and motion picture reports. tration, Harvard University, or an eight -week course, convening in the fall and spring, as PHOTOGRAPHY announced by the University of Pittsburgh. A two-year course at the Rochester Institute The method of instruction is by means of of Technology to prepare selected officers research studies involving inquiries of several with previous experience in this field for companies or perhaps an industry, and case technical duties involving photography. studies collected from specific business or- ganizations . CIVIL ENGINEERING (ADVANCED) The study program for both schools is Fourteen months of postgraduate instruc- divided about equally among the following tion at Rensselaer Polytechnic Institute, Troy, subjects . New York, normally leading to a degree of (a) Administrative Practices Master of Civil Engineering. Officers selected (b) Cost and Financial Administration for this course will normally be CEC officers (c) Production Management of the ranks of LT and LTJG who have a (d) Marketing Management degree in Civil Engineering and have completed (e) Problems in Labor Relations three years of commissioned service. At present this course is made available to CIVIL ENGINEERING (QUALIFICATION) only a few selected naval officers of the rank of Commander or above and departmental Seventeen months of instruction at Rens- quotas are determined by the Bureau of Naval selaer Polytechnic Institute, Troy, York, New Personnel. normally leading to a degree of Bachelor of Science in Civil Engineering. Officers selected for this course will normally be line trans- BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION ferees to the Civil Engineer Corps who do not have a degree in Civil Engineering and CEC A two-year course of postgraduate instruc- officers in the ranks of LT, LTJG, and ENS tion conducted at the Harvard Graduate School who do not have a degree in Civil Engineering of Business Administration, the Stanford Uni- versity Graduate School of Business, and at LAW Columbia University, to develop the ability in officers to analyze business organizations, problems, and conditions; to acquire an ap- Three years of graduate work for selected preciation for and an understanding of business officers of the Navy in the Law School of as a whole; and to administer effectively future George Washington University, Georgetown assignments which may require personal deal- University, or Catholic University which quali- ings with business and industrial concerns or fies them for the practice of law. Studies at utilization of business techniques. the Law School are supplemented with work in the Office of the Judge Advocate General of the U. S. Navy. PETROLEUM ENGINEERING NAVAL INTELLIGENCE A one year course at the University of Pittsburgh followed by one year in industry, Six to twenty seven months of instruction to prepare two senior officers a year for at the U. S. Naval School, Naval Intelligence, duties with the Munitions Board or for similar Anacostia, D. C. to train selected officers in assignments 120 U. S. NAVAL POSTGRADUATE SCHOOL, 1951-1952 TEXTILE ENGINEERING the student officer has an adequate educational background this curriculum normally leads to Two years of graduate work for selected a Master's degree. officers of the Supply Corps at the Georgia Institute of Technology to prepare them for COMPTROLLERSHIP assignments involving manufacture, procure- ment, receipt, storage and issue of textiles A one -year course at George Washington and clothing. Provided the student officer has University which prepares selected officers adequate educational background this curricu- for supervisory and planning positions in lum normally leads to a Master's degree. comptroller -type billets throughout the Navy. NAVAL CONSTRUCTION Provided the student officer has adequate AND ENGINEERING educational background this curriculum nor- mally leads to a Master's degree. A three-year course at Massachusetts In- MANAGEMENT AND stitute of Technology at Cambridge, Massa- INDUSTRIAL ENGINEERING chusetts and at Webb Institute of Naval Archi- CURRICULUM tecture at Glen Cove, New York, successful completion of which normally leads to quali- One academic year of postgraduate educa- fication for designation of Engineering Duty tion at Rensselaer Polytechnic Institute, Troy, Officer. New York. For details consult the catalogue OCEANOGRAPHY in question. Latest BuPers. Circular Letter on appli- cations for postgraduate instruction should A one -year course at Scripps Institute of be consulted to determine eligibility. Oceanography which prepares officers for as- signment to billets requiring specialized This course leads to a degree of Bachelor of Management Engineering. knowledge in the field of oceanography . Pro- vided the student officer has adequate educa- tional background this curriculum normally RELIGION leads to a Master's degree. A one-year course which provides post- PERSONNEL ADMINISTRATION graduate instruction in religion and closely AND TRAINING allied subjects for selected officers of the Chaplain Corps. Courses are of necessity A twelve -month course carried on at Ohio individually tailored to fit the previous back- State and Stanford Universities to prepare of- ground and denominational training of each ficers for assignment in personnel adminis- officer. The following schools normally partic- tration or supervision and administration of ipate: training activities. The course majors in per- Harvard Divinity School sonnel psychology and sociology supported by Pacific School of Religion job analysis, personnel test and measurements, Fordham University record studies, personnel management, and Union Theological Seminary principles of training and education. Provided Chicago Theological Seminary -Cl U. S. GOVERNMENT PRINTING OFFICE O— 1951